Otherthan setting action as RSS in NPC MCAM entry, RSS flowkey
algorithm index also needs to be set. Otherwise whatever algorithm
is defined at flowkey index '0' will be considered by HW and pkt
flows will be distributed as such.
Fix this by saving the flowkey index sent by admin function while
initializing RSS and then use it when framing MCAM rules.
Fixes: 81a4362016 ("octeontx2-pf: Add RSS multi group support")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever user changes interface MAC address both default DMAC based
MCAM rule and VLAN offload (for strip) rules are updated with new
MAC address. To update or install VLAN offload rule PF driver needs
interface's receive channel info, which is retrieved from admin
function at the time of NIXLF initialization.
If user changes MAC address before interface is UP, VLAN offload rule
installation will fail and throw error as receive channel is not valid.
To avoid this, skip VLAN offload rule installation if netdev is not UP.
This rule will anyway be reinslatted as part of open() call.
Fixes: fd9d7859db ("octeontx2-pf: Implement ingress/egress VLAN offload")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bandwidth profiles (ipolicer structure)is implemented only on CN10K
platform. But current code try to free the ipolicer memory without
checking the capibility flag leading to driver crash on OCTEONTX2
platform. This patch fixes the issue by add capability flag check.
Fixes: e8e095b3b3 ("octeontx2-af: cn10k: Bandwidth profiles config support")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CN10K platform requires physically contiguous memory for LMTST
operations which goes beyond a single page. Not having physically
contiguous memory will result in HW fetching transmit descriptors from
a wrong memory location.
Hence use DMA_ATTR_FORCE_CONTIGUOUS attribute while allocating
LMTST regions.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the erroneous vlan priority mask field that was
send to npc_install_flow_req.
Fixes: 1d4d9e42c2 ("octeontx2-pf: Add tc flower hardware offload on ingress traffic")
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supported link modes are updated by firmware in shared
structure per interface. Kernel uses this value to display
supported link modes via ethtool.
Currently there is extra validation that firmware updated
modes are validated against internal list of supported modes.
As intenal list of supported modes are not updated frequently
new modes supported by firmware are not updated to ethtool.
Hence remove extra validation and report all firmware updated
modes.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print debug message if any of the RVU hardware blocks
reset fails.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per hardware the base channel number configured
for programmable channels of a block must be multiple
of number of channels of that block. This condition
is not met for SDP base channel currently. Hence this
patch ensures all the base channel numbers of all
blocks are multiple of number of channels present in
the blocks. Also instead of hardcoding SDP number
of channels the same is read from the NIX_AF_CONST1
register.
Fixes: 242da43921 ("octeontx2-af: cn10k: Add support for programmable")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'bp_ena' in Aura context is NIX block index, setting it
zero will always backpressure NIX0 block, even if NIXLF
belongs to NIX1. Hence fix this by setting it appropriately
based on NIX block address.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures that mcam flows are allocated
before adding or destroying the flows.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent change added error checking messages and failed to remove one
of the previous error checks. There are now two checks on variable err
so the second one is redundant dead code and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Logically dead code")
Fixes: a83bdada06 ("octeontx2-af: Add debug messages for failures")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210818130927.33895-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
VLAN TCI is a 16 bit field which includes Priority(3 bits),
CFI(1 bit) and VID(12 bits). Currently ntuple filters support
installing rules to steer packets based on VID only.
This patch extends that support such that filters can
be installed for entire VLAN TCI.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On CN10K, the higher bits in the channel number represents the CPT
channel number. Mask out these higher bits in the npc configuration
to allow packets from cpt for parsing.
Signed-off-by: Vidya <vvelumuri@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The way SW can identify the number NPC counters supported by silicon
has changed for CN10K. This patch addresses this reading appropriate
registers to find out number of counters available.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mcam entry allocation request is from PF
and NOT a priority allocation request then allocate
low priority entries so that PF entries always have
lower priority than its VFs. This is required so
that entries with (base) MCAM match criteria have lower
priority compared to entries with (base + additional)
match criteria. This patch considers only best case
scenario where PF entries are allocated from low
priority zone if low priority zone has free space.
There are worst case scenarios like:
1. VFs allocating hundreds of MCAM entries leading to VFs
using all mid priority zone and low priority zone entries
hence no entries free from low priority zone for PF.
2. All the PFs and VFs in the system allocating and freeing
entries causing fragmentation in MCAM space and all the
entries requested by PF could not fit in low priority
zone for allocation.
This patch do not handle worst case scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for setting or modifying MCAM entry count at
runtime via devlink params.
commands:
devlink dev param show
pci/0002:02:00.0:
name mcam_count type driver-specific
values:
cmode runtime value 16
devlink dev param set pci/0002:02:00.0 name mcam_count
value 64 cmode runtime
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variables used for TC flow management like maximum number
of flows, number of flows installed etc are a copy of ntuple
flow management variables. Since both TC and NTUPLE are not
supported at the same time, it's better to unify these with
common variables.
This patch addresses this unification and also does cleanup of
other minor stuff wrt TC.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per single mailbox request a maximum of 256 MCAM entries
can be allocated. If more than 256 are being allocated, then
the mcam indices in the final list could get jumbled. Hence
sort the indices.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add packet flow classification support for both LMAC mapped virtual
functions and loopback VFs. This patch adds supports for ntuple
offload feature.
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabled NETIF_F_RXALL support for VF driver.
Also removed MTU range comments which are no longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added debug messages for various failures during probe.
This will help in quickly identifying the API where the failure
is happening.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add appropriate error codes to be used when returning from AF
mailbox handlers due to some error condition.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When installing a flow using npc_install_flow
mailbox there are number of reasons to reject
the request like caller is not permitted,
invalid channel specified in request, flow
not supported in extraction profile and so on.
Hence define new error codes for npc flows and use
them instead of generic error codes.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'imply' keyword does not do what most people think it does, it only
politely asks Kconfig to turn on another symbol, but does not prevent
it from being disabled manually or built as a loadable module when the
user is built-in. In the ICE driver, the latter now causes a link failure:
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_eth_ioctl':
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13b0): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_get_ts_config'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13b0): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_get_ts_config'
aarch64-linux-ld: ice_main.c:(.text+0x13bc): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_set_ts_config'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x13bc): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_set_ts_config'
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_prepare_for_reset':
ice_main.c:(.text+0x31fc): undefined reference to `ice_ptp_release'
ice_main.c:(.text+0x31fc): relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `ice_ptp_release'
aarch64-linux-ld: drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ice/ice_main.o: in function `ice_rebuild':
This is a recurring problem in many drivers, and we have discussed
it several times befores, without reaching a consensus. I'm providing
a link to the previous email thread for reference, which discusses
some related problems.
To solve the dependency issue better than the 'imply' keyword, introduce a
separate Kconfig symbol "CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK_OPTIONAL" that any driver
can depend on if it is able to use PTP support when available, but works
fine without it. Whenever CONFIG_PTP_1588_CLOCK=m, those drivers are
then prevented from being built-in, the same way as with a 'depends on
PTP_1588_CLOCK || !PTP_1588_CLOCK' dependency that does the same trick,
but that can be rather confusing when you first see it.
Since this should cover the dependencies correctly, the IS_REACHABLE()
hack in the header is no longer needed now, and can be turned back
into a normal IS_ENABLED() check. Any driver that gets the dependency
wrong will now cause a link time failure rather than being unable to use
PTP support when that is in a loadable module.
However, the two recently added ptp_get_vclocks_index() and
ptp_convert_timestamp() interfaces are only called from builtin code with
ethtool and socket timestamps, so keep the current behavior by stubbing
those out completely when PTP is in a loadable module. This should be
addressed properly in a follow-up.
As Richard suggested, we may want to actually turn PTP support into a
'bool' option later on, preventing it from being a loadable module
altogether, which would be one way to solve the problem with the ethtool
interface.
Fixes: 06c16d89d2 ("ice: register 1588 PTP clock device object for E810 devices")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210804121318.337276-1-arnd@kernel.org/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAK8P3a06enZOf=XyZ+zcAwBczv41UuCTz+=0FMf2gBz1_cOnZQ@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAK8P3a3=eOxE-K25754+fB_-i_0BZzf9a9RfPTX3ppSwu9WZXw@mail.gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210726084540.3282344-1-arnd@kernel.org/
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210812183509.1362782-1-arnd@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The blamed commit added a new field to struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info,
but did not make sure that all call paths set it to something valid.
For example, a switchdev driver may emit a SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_BRIDGE
notifier, and since the 'is_local' flag is not set, it contains junk
from the stack, so the bridge might interpret those notifications as
being for local FDB entries when that was not intended.
To avoid that now and in the future, zero-initialize all
switchdev_notifier_fdb_info structures created by drivers such that all
newly added fields to not need to touch drivers again.
Fixes: 2c4eca3ef7 ("net: bridge: switchdev: include local flag in FDB notifications")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210810115024.1629983-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently, page->pp is cleared and set everytime the page
is recycled, which is unnecessary.
So only set the page->pp when the page is added to the page
pool and only clear it when the page is released from the
page pool.
This is also a preparation to support allocating frag page
in page pool.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
All kernel devlink implementations call to devlink_alloc() during
initialization routine for specific device which is used later as
a parent device for devlink_register().
Such late device assignment causes to the situation which requires us to
call to device_register() before setting other parameters, but that call
opens devlink to the world and makes accessible for the netlink users.
Any attempt to move devlink_register() to be the last call generates the
following error due to access to the devlink->dev pointer.
[ 8.758862] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x2e8/0xe50
[ 8.760305] devlink_param_notify+0x6d/0x180
[ 8.760435] __devlink_params_register+0x2f1/0x670
[ 8.760558] devlink_params_register+0x1e/0x20
The simple change of API to set devlink device in the devlink_alloc()
instead of devlink_register() fixes all this above and ensures that
prior to call to devlink_register() everything already set.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On s390, the following build warning occurs:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2.h:844:2: warning: overflow in
conversion from 'long unsigned int' to 'int' changes value from
'18446744073709551584' to '-32' [-Woverflow]
844 | ((total_size) - MVPP2_SKB_HEADROOM - MVPP2_SKB_SHINFO_SIZE)
This happens because MVPP2_SKB_SHINFO_SIZE, which is 320 bytes (which is
already 64-byte aligned) on some architectures, actually gets ALIGN'd up
to 512 bytes in the s390 case.
So then, when this is invoked:
MVPP2_RX_MAX_PKT_SIZE(MVPP2_BM_SHORT_FRAME_SIZE)
...that turns into:
704 - 224 - 512 == -32
...which is not a good frame size to end up with! The warning above is a
bit lucky: it notices a signed/unsigned bad behavior here, which leads
to the real problem of a frame that is too short for its contents.
Increase MVPP2_BM_SHORT_FRAME_SIZE by 32 (from 704 to 736), which is
just exactly big enough. (The other values can't readily be changed
without causing a lot of other problems.)
Fixes: 07dd0a7aae ("mvpp2: add basic XDP support")
Cc: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Cc: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John Hubbard <jhubbard@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build failure in drivers/net/wwan/mhi_wwan_mbim.c:
add missing parameter (0, assuming we don't want buffer pre-alloc).
Conflict in drivers/net/dsa/sja1105/sja1105_main.c between:
589918df93 ("net: dsa: sja1105: be stateless with FDB entries on SJA1105P/Q/R/S/SJA1110 too")
0fac6aa098 ("net: dsa: sja1105: delete the best_effort_vlan_filtering mode")
Follow the instructions from the commit message of the former commit
- removed the if conditions. When looking at commit 589918df93 ("net:
dsa: sja1105: be stateless with FDB entries on SJA1105P/Q/R/S/SJA1110 too")
note that the mask_iotag fields get removed by the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Devlink trap group is registered but not released in error flow,
add the missing devlink_trap_groups_unregister() call.
Fixes: 0a9003f45e ("net: marvell: prestera: devlink: add traps/groups implementation")
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't populate the const array name on the stack but instead it
static. Makes the object code smaller by 28 bytes. Add a missing
const to clean up a checkpatch warning.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
124565 31565 384 156514 26362 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
124441 31661 384 156486 26346 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.o
(gcc version 10.2.0)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210801150647.145728-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Program SQ, MDQ, TL4 to TL2 transmit scheduler queues' DWRR
weight based on DWRR MTU programmed at NIX_AF_DWRR_RPM_MTU.
The DWRR MTU from admin function is retrieved via mbox.
On OcteaonTx2 silicon, admin function driver responds with DWRR
MTU as '1'. This helps to avoid silicon specific transmit
scheduler DWRR quantum/weight configuration logic.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On OcteonTx2 DWRR quantum is directly configured into each of
the transmit scheduler queues. And PF/VF drivers were free to
config any value upto 2^24.
On CN10K, HW is modified, the quantum configuration at scheduler
queues is in terms of weight. And SW needs to setup a base DWRR MTU
at NIX_AF_DWRR_RPM_MTU / NIX_AF_DWRR_SDP_MTU. HW will do
'DWRR MTU * weight' to get the quantum. For LBK traffic, value
programmed into NIX_AF_DWRR_RPM_MTU register is considered as
DWRR MTU.
This patch programs a default DWRR MTU of 8192 into HW and also
provides a way to change this via devlink params.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most users of ndo_do_ioctl are ethernet drivers that implement
the MII commands SIOCGMIIPHY/SIOCGMIIREG/SIOCSMIIREG, or hardware
timestamping with SIOCSHWTSTAMP/SIOCGHWTSTAMP.
Separate these from the few drivers that use ndo_do_ioctl to
implement SIOCBOND, SIOCBR and SIOCWANDEV commands.
This is a purely cosmetic change intended to help readers find
their way through the implementation.
Cc: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIX_RX_SW_SYNC ensures all existing transactions are finished and
pkts are written to LLC/DRAM, queues should be teared down after
successful SW_SYNC. Due to a HW errata, in some rare scenarios
an existing transaction might end after SW_SYNC operation. To
ensure operation is fully done, do the SW_SYNC twice.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid configure backpressure for LBK links as they
don't support it and enable lmacs before configuration
pause frames.
Fixes: 75f3627099 ("octeontx2-pf: Support to enable/disable pause frames via ethtool")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the existing code while changing the number of TX/RX
queues using ethtool the PF/VF interface resources are
freed and reallocated (otx2_stop and otx2_open is called)
if the device is in running state. If any resource allocation
fails in otx2_open, driver free already allocated resources
and return. But again, when the number of queues changes
as the device state still running oxt2_stop is called.
In which we try to free already freed resources leading
to driver crash.
This patch fixes the issue by setting the INTF_DOWN flag on
error and free the resources in otx2_stop only if the flag is
not set.
Fixes: 50fe6c02e5 ("octeontx2-pf: Register and handle link notifications")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently PKINDs are not assigned to LBK channels.
The default value of LBK_CHX_PKIND (channel to PKIND mapping) register
is zero, which is resulting in a overlap of pkind between LBK and CGX
LMACs. When KPU1 parser config is modified when PTP timestamping is
enabled on the CGX LMAC interface it is impacting traffic on LBK
interfaces as well.
This patch fixes the issue by reserving the PKIND#0 for LBK devices.
CGX mapped PF pkind starts from 1 and also fixes the max pkind available.
Fixes: 421572175b ("octeontx2-af: Support to enable/disable HW timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the number of VFs of a PF correctly by calling
rvu_get_pf_numvfs in rvu_switch_disable function.
Also hwvf is not required hence remove it.
Fixes: 23109f8dd0 ("octeontx2-af: Introduce internal packet switching")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added mailbox id to name translation on trace entry for
better tracing output.
Before the change:
otx2_msg_process: [0002:01:00.0] msg:(0x03) error:0
After the change:
otx2_msg_process: [0002:01:00.0] msg:(DETACH_RESOURCES) error:0
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow switchdevs to forward frames from the CPU in accordance with the
bridge configuration in the same way as is done between bridge
ports. This means that the bridge will only send a single skb towards
one of the ports under the switchdev's control, and expects the driver
to deliver the packet to all eligible ports in its domain.
Primarily this improves the performance of multicast flows with
multiple subscribers, as it allows the hardware to perform the frame
replication.
The basic flow between the driver and the bridge is as follows:
- When joining a bridge port, the switchdev driver calls
switchdev_bridge_port_offload() with tx_fwd_offload = true.
- The bridge sends offloadable skbs to one of the ports under the
switchdev's control using skb->offload_fwd_mark = true.
- The switchdev driver checks the skb->offload_fwd_mark field and lets
its FDB lookup select the destination port mask for this packet.
v1->v2:
- convert br_input_skb_cb::fwd_hwdoms to a plain unsigned long
- introduce a static key "br_switchdev_fwd_offload_used" to minimize the
impact of the newly introduced feature on all the setups which don't
have hardware that can make use of it
- introduce a check for nbp->flags & BR_FWD_OFFLOAD to optimize cache
line access
- reorder nbp_switchdev_frame_mark_accel() and br_handle_vlan() in
__br_forward()
- do not strip VLAN on egress if forwarding offload on VLAN-aware bridge
is being used
- propagate errors from .ndo_dfwd_add_station() if not EOPNOTSUPP
v2->v3:
- replace the solution based on .ndo_dfwd_add_station with a solution
based on switchdev_bridge_port_offload
- rename BR_FWD_OFFLOAD to BR_TX_FWD_OFFLOAD
v3->v4: rebase
v4->v5:
- make sure the static key is decremented on bridge port unoffload
- more function and variable renaming and comments for them:
br_switchdev_fwd_offload_used to br_switchdev_tx_fwd_offload
br_switchdev_accels_skb to br_switchdev_frame_uses_tx_fwd_offload
nbp_switchdev_frame_mark_tx_fwd to nbp_switchdev_frame_mark_tx_fwd_to_hwdom
nbp_switchdev_frame_mark_accel to nbp_switchdev_frame_mark_tx_fwd_offload
fwd_accel to tx_fwd_offload
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove devm_kfree of memory where VLAN entry to RVU PF mapping
info is saved. This will be freed anyway at driver exit.
Having this could result in warning from devm_kfree() if
the memory is not allocated due to errors in rvu_nix_block_init()
before nix_setup_txvlan().
Fixes: 9a946def26 ("octeontx2-af: Modify nix_vtag_cfg mailbox to support TX VTAG entries")
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Starting with commit 4f2673b3a2 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay
port and host-joined mdb entries"), DSA has introduced some bridge
helpers that replay switchdev events (FDB/MDB/VLAN additions and
deletions) that can be lost by the switchdev drivers in a variety of
circumstances:
- an IP multicast group was host-joined on the bridge itself before any
switchdev port joined the bridge, leading to the host MDB entries
missing in the hardware database.
- during the bridge creation process, the MAC address of the bridge was
added to the FDB as an entry pointing towards the bridge device
itself, but with no switchdev ports being part of the bridge yet, this
local FDB entry would remain unknown to the switchdev hardware
database.
- a VLAN/FDB/MDB was added to a bridge port that is a LAG interface,
before any switchdev port joined that LAG, leading to the hardware
database missing those entries.
- a switchdev port left a LAG that is a bridge port, while the LAG
remained part of the bridge, and all FDB/MDB/VLAN entries remained
installed in the hardware database of the switchdev port.
Also, since commit 0d2cfbd41c ("net: bridge: ignore switchdev events
for LAG ports which didn't request replay"), DSA introduced a method,
based on a const void *ctx, to ensure that two switchdev ports under the
same LAG that is a bridge port do not see the same MDB/VLAN entry being
replayed twice by the bridge, once for every bridge port that joins the
LAG.
With so many ordering corner cases being possible, it seems unreasonable
to expect a switchdev driver writer to get it right from the first try.
Therefore, now that DSA has experimented with the bridge replay helpers
for a little bit, we can move the code to the bridge driver where it is
more readily available to all switchdev drivers.
To convert the switchdev object replay helpers from "pull mode" (where
the driver asks for them) to a "push mode" (where the bridge offers them
automatically), the biggest problem is that the bridge needs to be aware
when a switchdev port joins and leaves, even when the switchdev is only
indirectly a bridge port (for example when the bridge port is a LAG
upper of the switchdev).
Luckily, we already have a hook for that, in the form of the newly
introduced switchdev_bridge_port_offload() and
switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload() calls. These offer a natural place for
hooking the object addition and deletion replays.
Extend the above 2 functions with:
- pointers to the switchdev atomic notifier (for FDB replays) and the
blocking notifier (for MDB and VLAN replays).
- the "const void *ctx" argument required for drivers to be able to
disambiguate between which port is targeted, when multiple ports are
lowers of the same LAG that is a bridge port. Most of the drivers pass
NULL to this argument, except the ones that support LAG offload and have
the proper context check already in place in the switchdev blocking
notifier handler.
Also unexport the replay helpers, since nobody except the bridge calls
them directly now.
Note that:
(a) we abuse the terminology slightly, because FDB entries are not
"switchdev objects", but we count them as objects nonetheless.
With no direct way to prove it, I think they are not modeled as
switchdev objects because those can only be installed by the bridge
to the hardware (as opposed to FDB entries which can be propagated
in the other direction too). This is merely an abuse of terms, FDB
entries are replayed too, despite not being objects.
(b) the bridge does not attempt to sync port attributes to newly joined
ports, just the countable stuff (the objects). The reason for this
is simple: no universal and symmetric way to sync and unsync them is
known. For example, VLAN filtering: what to do on unsync, disable or
leave it enabled? Similarly, STP state, ageing timer, etc etc. What
a switchdev port does when it becomes standalone again is not really
up to the bridge's competence, and the driver should deal with it.
On the other hand, replaying deletions of switchdev objects can be
seen a matter of cleanup and therefore be treated by the bridge,
hence this patch.
We make the replay helpers opt-in for drivers, because they might not
bring immediate benefits for them:
- nbp_vlan_init() is called _after_ netdev_master_upper_dev_link(),
so br_vlan_replay() should not do anything for the new drivers on
which we call it. The existing drivers where there was even a slight
possibility for there to exist a VLAN on a bridge port before they
join it are already guarded against this: mlxsw and prestera deny
joining LAG interfaces that are members of a bridge.
- br_fdb_replay() should now notify of local FDB entries, but I patched
all drivers except DSA to ignore these new entries in commit
2c4eca3ef7 ("net: bridge: switchdev: include local flag in FDB
notifications"). Driver authors can lift this restriction as they
wish, and when they do, they can also opt into the FDB replay
functionality.
- br_mdb_replay() should fix a real issue which is described in commit
4f2673b3a2 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay port and host-joined
mdb entries"). However most drivers do not offload the
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB to see this issue: only cpsw and am65_cpsw
offload this switchdev object, and I don't completely understand the
way in which they offload this switchdev object anyway. So I'll leave
it up to these drivers' respective maintainers to opt into
br_mdb_replay().
So most of the drivers pass NULL notifier blocks for the replay helpers,
except:
- dpaa2-switch which was already acked/regression-tested with the
helpers enabled (and there isn't much of a downside in having them)
- ocelot which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
- DSA which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
An important observation is that the drivers which don't currently
request bridge event replays don't even have the
switchdev_bridge_port_{offload,unoffload} calls placed in proper places
right now. This was done to avoid unnecessary rework for drivers which
might never even add support for this. For driver writers who wish to
add replay support, this can be used as a tentative placement guide:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210720134655.892334-11-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/
Cc: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Cc: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Cc: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Cc: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Cc: Steen Hegelund <Steen.Hegelund@microchip.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On reception of an skb, the bridge checks if it was marked as 'already
forwarded in hardware' (checks if skb->offload_fwd_mark == 1), and if it
is, it assigns the source hardware domain of that skb based on the
hardware domain of the ingress port. Then during forwarding, it enforces
that the egress port must have a different hardware domain than the
ingress one (this is done in nbp_switchdev_allowed_egress).
Non-switchdev drivers don't report any physical switch id (neither
through devlink nor .ndo_get_port_parent_id), therefore the bridge
assigns them a hardware domain of 0, and packets coming from them will
always have skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0. So there aren't any restrictions.
Problems appear due to the fact that DSA would like to perform software
fallback for bonding and team interfaces that the physical switch cannot
offload.
+-- br0 ---+
/ / | \
/ / | \
/ | | bond0
/ | | / \
swp0 swp1 swp2 swp3 swp4
There, it is desirable that the presence of swp3 and swp4 under a
non-offloaded LAG does not preclude us from doing hardware bridging
beteen swp0, swp1 and swp2. The bandwidth of the CPU is often times high
enough that software bridging between {swp0,swp1,swp2} and bond0 is not
impractical.
But this creates an impossible paradox given the current way in which
port hardware domains are assigned. When the driver receives a packet
from swp0 (say, due to flooding), it must set skb->offload_fwd_mark to
something.
- If we set it to 0, then the bridge will forward it towards swp1, swp2
and bond0. But the switch has already forwarded it towards swp1 and
swp2 (not to bond0, remember, that isn't offloaded, so as far as the
switch is concerned, ports swp3 and swp4 are not looking up the FDB,
and the entire bond0 is a destination that is strictly behind the
CPU). But we don't want duplicated traffic towards swp1 and swp2, so
it's not ok to set skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0.
- If we set it to 1, then the bridge will not forward the skb towards
the ports with the same switchdev mark, i.e. not to swp1, swp2 and
bond0. Towards swp1 and swp2 that's ok, but towards bond0? It should
have forwarded the skb there.
So the real issue is that bond0 will be assigned the same hardware
domain as {swp0,swp1,swp2}, because the function that assigns hardware
domains to bridge ports, nbp_switchdev_add(), recurses through bond0's
lower interfaces until it finds something that implements devlink (calls
dev_get_port_parent_id with bool recurse = true). This is a problem
because the fact that bond0 can be offloaded by swp3 and swp4 in our
example is merely an assumption.
A solution is to give the bridge explicit hints as to what hardware
domain it should use for each port.
Currently, the bridging offload is very 'silent': a driver registers a
netdevice notifier, which is put on the netns's notifier chain, and
which sniffs around for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER events where the upper is a
bridge, and the lower is an interface it knows about (one registered by
this driver, normally). Then, from within that notifier, it does a bunch
of stuff behind the bridge's back, without the bridge necessarily
knowing that there's somebody offloading that port. It looks like this:
ip link set swp0 master br0
|
v
br_add_if() calls netdev_master_upper_dev_link()
|
v
call_netdevice_notifiers
|
v
dsa_slave_netdevice_event
|
v
oh, hey! it's for me!
|
v
.port_bridge_join
What we do to solve the conundrum is to be less silent, and change the
switchdev drivers to present themselves to the bridge. Something like this:
ip link set swp0 master br0
|
v
br_add_if() calls netdev_master_upper_dev_link()
|
v bridge: Aye! I'll use this
call_netdevice_notifiers ^ ppid as the
| | hardware domain for
v | this port, and zero
dsa_slave_netdevice_event | if I got nothing.
| |
v |
oh, hey! it's for me! |
| |
v |
.port_bridge_join |
| |
+------------------------+
switchdev_bridge_port_offload(swp0, swp0)
Then stacked interfaces (like bond0 on top of swp3/swp4) would be
treated differently in DSA, depending on whether we can or cannot
offload them.
The offload case:
ip link set bond0 master br0
|
v
br_add_if() calls netdev_master_upper_dev_link()
|
v bridge: Aye! I'll use this
call_netdevice_notifiers ^ ppid as the
| | switchdev mark for
v | bond0.
dsa_slave_netdevice_event | Coincidentally (or not),
| | bond0 and swp0, swp1, swp2
v | all have the same switchdev
hmm, it's not quite for me, | mark now, since the ASIC
but my driver has already | is able to forward towards
called .port_lag_join | all these ports in hw.
for it, because I have |
a port with dp->lag_dev == bond0. |
| |
v |
.port_bridge_join |
for swp3 and swp4 |
| |
+------------------------+
switchdev_bridge_port_offload(bond0, swp3)
switchdev_bridge_port_offload(bond0, swp4)
And the non-offload case:
ip link set bond0 master br0
|
v
br_add_if() calls netdev_master_upper_dev_link()
|
v bridge waiting:
call_netdevice_notifiers ^ huh, switchdev_bridge_port_offload
| | wasn't called, okay, I'll use a
v | hwdom of zero for this one.
dsa_slave_netdevice_event : Then packets received on swp0 will
| : not be software-forwarded towards
v : swp1, but they will towards bond0.
it's not for me, but
bond0 is an upper of swp3
and swp4, but their dp->lag_dev
is NULL because they couldn't
offload it.
Basically we can draw the conclusion that the lowers of a bridge port
can come and go, so depending on the configuration of lowers for a
bridge port, it can dynamically toggle between offloaded and unoffloaded.
Therefore, we need an equivalent switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload too.
This patch changes the way any switchdev driver interacts with the
bridge. From now on, everybody needs to call switchdev_bridge_port_offload
and switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload, otherwise the bridge will treat the
port as non-offloaded and allow software flooding to other ports from
the same ASIC.
Note that these functions lay the ground for a more complex handshake
between switchdev drivers and the bridge in the future.
For drivers that will request a replay of the switchdev objects when
they offload and unoffload a bridge port (DSA, dpaa2-switch, ocelot), we
place the call to switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload() strategically inside
the NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER notifier's code path, and not inside
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER. This is because the switchdev object replay helpers
need the netdev adjacency lists to be valid, and that is only true in
NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER.
Cc: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Cc: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Cc: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Cc: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Cc: Steen Hegelund <Steen.Hegelund@microchip.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch: regression
Acked-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch
Tested-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> # ocelot-switch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The character sequence ??! is a trigraph and causes the following
clang warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:2604:39: warning: trigraph ignored [-Wtrigraphs]
Clean this by replacing it with single ?.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The documentation for Armada 8040 says:
Bit 2 Field InBandAnEn In-band Auto-Negotiation enable. ...
When <PortType> = 1 (1000BASE-X) this field must be set to 1.
We presently ignore whether userspace requests autonegotiation or not
through the ethtool ksettings interface. However, we have some network
interfaces that wish to do this. To offer a consistent API across
network interfaces, deny the ability to disable autonegotiation on
mvpp2 hardware when in 1000BASE-X and 2500BASE-X.
This means the only way to switch between 2500BASE-X and 1000BASE-X
on SFPs that support this will be:
# ethtool -s ethX advertise 0x20000006000 # 1000BASE-X Pause AsymPause
# ethtool -s ethX advertise 0xe000 # 2500BASE-X Pause AsymPause
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The documentation for Armada 38x says:
Bit 2 Field InBandAnEn In-band Auto-Negotiation enable. ...
When <PortType> = 1 (1000BASE-X) this field must be set to 1.
We presently ignore whether userspace requests autonegotiation or not
through the ethtool ksettings interface. However, we have some network
interfaces that wish to do this. To offer a consistent API across
network interfaces, deny the ability to disable autonegotiation on
mvneta hardware when in 1000BASE-X and 2500BASE-X.
This means the only way to switch between 2500BASE-X and 1000BASE-X
on SFPs that support this will be:
# ethtool -s ethX advertise 0x20000002000 # 1000BASE-X Pause
# ethtool -s ethX advertise 0xa000 # 2500BASE-X Pause
Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of now any communication between CGXs PFs and
their VFs within the system is possible only by
external switches sending packets back to the
system. This patch adds internal switching support.
Broadcast packet replication is not covered here.
RVU admin function (AF) maintains MAC addresses
of all interfaces in the system. When switching is
enabled, MCAM entries are allocated to install rules
such that packets with DMAC matching any of the
internal interface MAC addresses is punted back
into the system via the loopback channel.
On the receive side the default unicast rules
are modified to not check for ingress channel.
So any packet with matching DMAC irrespective of
which interface it is coming from will be forwarded
to the respective PF/VF interface.
The transmit side rules and default unicast rules
are updated if user changes MAC address of an interface.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF till now only manages the allocation and freeing of
MCAM rules for other PF/VFs in system. To implement
L2 switching between all CGX mapped PF and VFs, AF
requires MCAM entries for DMAC rules for each PF and VF.
This patch modifies AF driver such that AF can also
allocate MCAM rules and install rules for other
PFs and VFs. All the checks like channel verification
for RX rules and PF_FUNC verification for TX rules are
relaxed in case AF is allocating or installing rules.
Also all the entry and counter to owner mappings are
set to NPC_MCAM_INVALID_MAP when they are free indicating
those are not allocated to AF nor PF/VFs.
This patch also ensures that AF allocated and installed
entries are displayed in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For enabling VF-VF switching the packets egressing
out of CGX mapped VFs needed to be sent to LBK
so that same packets are received back to the system.
But the LBK link also needs to be enabled in addition
to a VF's mapped CGX_LMAC link otherwise hardware
raises send error interrupt indicating selected LBK
link is not enabled in NIX_AF_TL3_TL2X_LINKX_CFG register.
Hence this patch enables all LBK links in
TL3_TL2_LINKX_CFG registers.
Also to enable packet flow between PFs/VFs of NIX0
to PFs/VFs of NIX1(in 98xx silicon) the NPC TX DMAC
rules has to be installed such that rules must be hit
for any TX interface i.e., NIX0-TX or NIX1-TX provided
DMAC match creteria is met. Hence this patch changes the
behavior such that MCAM is programmed to match with any
NIX0/1-TX interface for TX rules.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current release - regressions:
- sock: fix parameter order in sock_setsockopt()
Current release - new code bugs:
- netfilter: nft_last:
- fix incorrect arithmetic when restoring last used
- honor NFTA_LAST_SET on restoration
Previous releases - regressions:
- udp: properly flush normal packet at GRO time
- sfc: ensure correct number of XDP queues; don't allow enabling the
feature if there isn't sufficient resources to Tx from any CPU
- dsa: sja1105: fix address learning getting disabled on the CPU port
- mptcp: addresses a rmem accounting issue that could keep packets
in subflow receive buffers longer than necessary, delaying
MPTCP-level ACKs
- ip_tunnel: fix mtu calculation for ETHER tunnel devices
- do not reuse skbs allocated from skbuff_fclone_cache in the napi
skb cache, we'd try to return them to the wrong slab cache
- tcp: consistently disable header prediction for mptcp
Previous releases - always broken:
- bpf: fix subprog poke descriptor tracking use-after-free
- ipv6:
- allocate enough headroom in ip6_finish_output2() in case
iptables TEE is used
- tcp: drop silly ICMPv6 packet too big messages to avoid
expensive and pointless lookups (which may serve as a DDOS
vector)
- make sure fwmark is copied in SYNACK packets
- fix 'disable_policy' for forwarded packets (align with IPv4)
- netfilter: conntrack: do not renew entry stuck in tcp SYN_SENT state
- netfilter: conntrack: do not mark RST in the reply direction coming
after SYN packet for an out-of-sync entry
- mptcp: cleanly handle error conditions with MP_JOIN and syncookies
- mptcp: fix double free when rejecting a join due to port mismatch
- validate lwtstate->data before returning from skb_tunnel_info()
- tcp: call sk_wmem_schedule before sk_mem_charge in zerocopy path
- mt76: mt7921: continue to probe driver when fw already downloaded
- bonding: fix multiple issues with offloading IPsec to (thru?) bond
- stmmac: ptp: fix issues around Qbv support and setting time back
- bcmgenet: always clear wake-up based on energy detection
Misc:
- sctp: move 198 addresses from unusable to private scope
- ptp: support virtual clocks and timestamping
- openvswitch: optimize operation for key comparison
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QFnb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'net-5.14-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net
Pull networking fixes from Jakub Kicinski.
"Including fixes from bpf and netfilter.
Current release - regressions:
- sock: fix parameter order in sock_setsockopt()
Current release - new code bugs:
- netfilter: nft_last:
- fix incorrect arithmetic when restoring last used
- honor NFTA_LAST_SET on restoration
Previous releases - regressions:
- udp: properly flush normal packet at GRO time
- sfc: ensure correct number of XDP queues; don't allow enabling the
feature if there isn't sufficient resources to Tx from any CPU
- dsa: sja1105: fix address learning getting disabled on the CPU port
- mptcp: addresses a rmem accounting issue that could keep packets in
subflow receive buffers longer than necessary, delaying MPTCP-level
ACKs
- ip_tunnel: fix mtu calculation for ETHER tunnel devices
- do not reuse skbs allocated from skbuff_fclone_cache in the napi
skb cache, we'd try to return them to the wrong slab cache
- tcp: consistently disable header prediction for mptcp
Previous releases - always broken:
- bpf: fix subprog poke descriptor tracking use-after-free
- ipv6:
- allocate enough headroom in ip6_finish_output2() in case
iptables TEE is used
- tcp: drop silly ICMPv6 packet too big messages to avoid
expensive and pointless lookups (which may serve as a DDOS
vector)
- make sure fwmark is copied in SYNACK packets
- fix 'disable_policy' for forwarded packets (align with IPv4)
- netfilter: conntrack:
- do not renew entry stuck in tcp SYN_SENT state
- do not mark RST in the reply direction coming after SYN packet
for an out-of-sync entry
- mptcp: cleanly handle error conditions with MP_JOIN and syncookies
- mptcp: fix double free when rejecting a join due to port mismatch
- validate lwtstate->data before returning from skb_tunnel_info()
- tcp: call sk_wmem_schedule before sk_mem_charge in zerocopy path
- mt76: mt7921: continue to probe driver when fw already downloaded
- bonding: fix multiple issues with offloading IPsec to (thru?) bond
- stmmac: ptp: fix issues around Qbv support and setting time back
- bcmgenet: always clear wake-up based on energy detection
Misc:
- sctp: move 198 addresses from unusable to private scope
- ptp: support virtual clocks and timestamping
- openvswitch: optimize operation for key comparison"
* tag 'net-5.14-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (158 commits)
net: dsa: properly check for the bridge_leave methods in dsa_switch_bridge_leave()
sfc: add logs explaining XDP_TX/REDIRECT is not available
sfc: ensure correct number of XDP queues
sfc: fix lack of XDP TX queues - error XDP TX failed (-22)
net: fddi: fix UAF in fza_probe
net: dsa: sja1105: fix address learning getting disabled on the CPU port
net: ocelot: fix switchdev objects synced for wrong netdev with LAG offload
net: Use nlmsg_unicast() instead of netlink_unicast()
octeontx2-pf: Fix uninitialized boolean variable pps
ipv6: allocate enough headroom in ip6_finish_output2()
net: hdlc: rename 'mod_init' & 'mod_exit' functions to be module-specific
net: bridge: multicast: fix MRD advertisement router port marking race
net: bridge: multicast: fix PIM hello router port marking race
net: phy: marvell10g: fix differentiation of 88X3310 from 88X3340
dsa: fix for_each_child.cocci warnings
virtio_net: check virtqueue_add_sgs() return value
mptcp: properly account bulk freed memory
selftests: mptcp: fix case multiple subflows limited by server
mptcp: avoid processing packet if a subflow reset
mptcp: fix syncookie process if mptcp can not_accept new subflow
...
In the case where act->id is FLOW_ACTION_POLICE and also
act->police.rate_bytes_ps > 0 or act->police.rate_pkt_ps is not > 0
the boolean variable pps contains an uninitialized value when
function otx2_tc_act_set_police is called. Fix this by initializing
pps to false.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Uninitialized scalar variable)"
Fixes: 68fbff68db ("octeontx2-pf: Add police action for TC flower")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when the call to otx2_mbox_alloc_msg_cgx_mac_addr_update fails
the error return variable rc is being assigned -ENOMEM and does not
return early. rc is then re-assigned and the error case is not handled
correctly. Fix this by returning -ENOMEM rather than assigning rc.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Fixes: 79d2be385e ("octeontx2-pf: offload DMAC filters to CGX/RPM block")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always set skb_shared_info data structure in mvneta_swbm_add_rx_fragment
routine even if the fragment contains only the ethernet FCS.
Fixes: 039fbc47f9 ("net: mvneta: alloc skb_shared_info on the mvneta_rx_swbm stack")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Added option for per CPU threads to the hwlat tracer
- Have hwlat tracer handle hotplug CPUs
- New tracer: osnoise, that detects latency caused by interrupts, softirqs
and scheduling of other tasks.
- Added timerlat tracer that creates a thread and measures in detail what
sources of latency it has for wake ups.
- Removed the "success" field of the sched_wakeup trace event.
This has been hardcoded as "1" since 2015, no tooling should be looking
at it now. If one exists, we can revert this commit, fix that tool and
try to remove it again in the future.
- tgid mapping fixed to handle more than PID_MAX_DEFAULT pids/tgids.
- New boot command line option "tp_printk_stop", as tp_printk causes trace
events to write to console. When user space starts, this can easily live
lock the system. Having a boot option to stop just after boot up is
useful to prevent that from happening.
- Have ftrace_dump_on_oops boot command line option take numbers that match
the numbers shown in /proc/sys/kernel/ftrace_dump_on_oops.
- Bootconfig clean ups, fixes and enhancements.
- New ktest script that tests bootconfig options.
- Add tracepoint_probe_register_may_exist() to register a tracepoint
without triggering a WARN*() if it already exists. BPF has a path from
user space that can do this. All other paths are considered a bug.
- Small clean ups and fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iIoEABYIADIWIQRRSw7ePDh/lE+zeZMp5XQQmuv6qgUCYN8YPhQccm9zdGVkdEBn
b29kbWlzLm9yZwAKCRAp5XQQmuv6qhxLAP9Mo5hHv7Hg6W7Ddv77rThm+qclsMR/
yW0P+eJpMm4+xAD8Cq03oE1DimPK+9WZBKU5rSqAkqG6CjgDRw6NlIszzQQ=
=WEPR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'trace-v5.14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace
Pull tracing updates from Steven Rostedt:
- Added option for per CPU threads to the hwlat tracer
- Have hwlat tracer handle hotplug CPUs
- New tracer: osnoise, that detects latency caused by interrupts,
softirqs and scheduling of other tasks.
- Added timerlat tracer that creates a thread and measures in detail
what sources of latency it has for wake ups.
- Removed the "success" field of the sched_wakeup trace event. This has
been hardcoded as "1" since 2015, no tooling should be looking at it
now. If one exists, we can revert this commit, fix that tool and try
to remove it again in the future.
- tgid mapping fixed to handle more than PID_MAX_DEFAULT pids/tgids.
- New boot command line option "tp_printk_stop", as tp_printk causes
trace events to write to console. When user space starts, this can
easily live lock the system. Having a boot option to stop just after
boot up is useful to prevent that from happening.
- Have ftrace_dump_on_oops boot command line option take numbers that
match the numbers shown in /proc/sys/kernel/ftrace_dump_on_oops.
- Bootconfig clean ups, fixes and enhancements.
- New ktest script that tests bootconfig options.
- Add tracepoint_probe_register_may_exist() to register a tracepoint
without triggering a WARN*() if it already exists. BPF has a path
from user space that can do this. All other paths are considered a
bug.
- Small clean ups and fixes
* tag 'trace-v5.14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace: (49 commits)
tracing: Resize tgid_map to pid_max, not PID_MAX_DEFAULT
tracing: Simplify & fix saved_tgids logic
treewide: Add missing semicolons to __assign_str uses
tracing: Change variable type as bool for clean-up
trace/timerlat: Fix indentation on timerlat_main()
trace/osnoise: Make 'noise' variable s64 in run_osnoise()
tracepoint: Add tracepoint_probe_register_may_exist() for BPF tracing
tracing: Fix spelling in osnoise tracer "interferences" -> "interference"
Documentation: Fix a typo on trace/osnoise-tracer
trace/osnoise: Fix return value on osnoise_init_hotplug_support
trace/osnoise: Make interval u64 on osnoise_main
trace/osnoise: Fix 'no previous prototype' warnings
tracing: Have osnoise_main() add a quiescent state for task rcu
seq_buf: Make trace_seq_putmem_hex() support data longer than 8
seq_buf: Fix overflow in seq_buf_putmem_hex()
trace/osnoise: Support hotplug operations
trace/hwlat: Support hotplug operations
trace/hwlat: Protect kdata->kthread with get/put_online_cpus
trace: Add timerlat tracer
trace: Add osnoise tracer
...
DMAC filtering can be achieved by either NPC MCAM rules or
CGX/RPM MAC filters. Currently we are achieving this by NPC
MCAM rules. This patch offloads DMAC filters to CGX/RPM MAC
filters instead of NPC MCAM rules. Offloading DMAC filter to
CGX/RPM block helps in reducing traffic to NPC block and
save MCAM rules
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC block supports 32 dmac filters which are logically
divided among all attached LMACS.
For example MAC block0 having one LMAC then maximum supported
filters are 32 where as MAC block1 having 4 enabled LMACS
them maximum supported filteres are 8 for each LMAC.
This patch adds mbox handlers to add/delete/update mac entry
in DMAC filter table.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kumar Kori <skori@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver uses static LMTST region allocated by firmware.
This memory gets populated as PF/VF BAR2. RVU PF/VF driver ioremap
the memory as device memory for NIX/NPA operation. Since the memory
is mapped as device memory we see performance degration. To address
this issue this patch implements runtime memory allocation.
RVU PF/VF allocates memory during device probe and share the base
address with RVU AF. RVU AF then configure the LMT MAP table
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the lmtst_tbl_setup_req mbox to support run time
LMTST configuration.
RVU PF/VF and DPDK/ODP allocates a LMT region, creates a translation
entry for a device via VFIO IOCTLs.
This IOVA is shared with AF through above mbox. AF then uses
RVU_SMMU transulation Widget and gets PA for the IOVA and updates
the LMTtable entry for that device.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introducing a new mailbox to support updating lmt entries
and common lmt base address scheme i.e. multiple pcifuncs
can share lmt region to reduce L1 cache pressure for application.
Parameters passed to mailbox includes the primary pcifunc
value whose lmt regions will be shared by other secondary
pcifuncs. Here secondary pcifunc will be the one who is
calling the mailbox.
For example:
By default each pcifunc has its own LMT base address:
PCIFUNC1 LMT_BASE_ADDR A
PCIFUNC2 LMT_BASE_ADDR B
PCIFUNC3 LMT_BASE_ADDR C
PCIFUNC4 LMT_BASE_ADDR D
Application will choose PCIFUNC1 as base/primary pcifunc
and as and when other pcifunc(secondary pcifuncs) gets
probed, this mailbox will be called and LMTST table will
be updated as:
PCIFUNC1 LMT_BASE_ADDR A
PCIFUNC2 LMT_BASE_ADDR A
PCIFUNC3 LMT_BASE_ADDR A
PCIFUNC4 LMT_BASE_ADDR A
On FLR lmtst map table gets resetted to the default lmt
base addresses for all secondary pcifuncs.
Signed-off-by: Harman Kalra <hkalra@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __assign_str macro has an unusual ending semicolon but the vast
majority of uses of the macro already have semicolon termination.
$ git grep -P '\b__assign_str\b' | wc -l
551
$ git grep -P '\b__assign_str\b.*;' | wc -l
480
Add semicolons to the __assign_str() uses without semicolon termination
and all the other uses without semicolon termination via additional defines
that are equivalent to __assign_str() with the eventual goal of removing
the semicolon from the __assign_str() macro definition.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1e068d21106bb6db05b735b4916bb420e6c9842a.camel@perches.com/
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/48a056adabd8f70444475352f617914cef504a45.camel@perches.com
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-06-28
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 37 non-merge commits during the last 12 day(s) which contain
a total of 56 files changed, 394 insertions(+), 380 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) XDP driver RCU cleanups, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen and Paul E. McKenney.
2) Fix bpf_skb_change_proto() IPv4/v6 GSO handling, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
3) Fix false positive kmemleak report for BPF ringbuf alloc, from Rustam Kovhaev.
4) Fix x86 JIT's extable offset calculation for PROBE_LDX NULL, from Ravi Bangoria.
5) Enable libbpf fallback probing with tracing under RHEL7, from Jonathan Edwards.
6) Clean up x86 JIT to remove unused cnt tracking from EMIT macro, from Jiri Olsa.
7) Netlink cleanups for libbpf to please Coverity, from Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi.
8) Allow to retrieve ancestor cgroup id in tracing programs, from Namhyung Kim.
9) Fix lirc BPF program query to use user-provided prog_cnt, from Sean Young.
10) Add initial libbpf doc including generated kdoc for its API, from Grant Seltzer.
11) Make xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model() more robust, from Jakub Kicinski.
12) Fix up bpfilter startup log-level to info level, from Gary Lin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where the driver asks for a replay of a certain type of
event (port object or attribute) for a bridge port that is a LAG, it may
do so because this port has just joined the LAG.
But there might already be other switchdev ports in that LAG, and it is
preferable that those preexisting switchdev ports do not act upon the
replayed event.
The solution is to add a context to switchdev events, which is NULL most
of the time (when the bridge layer initiates the call) but which can be
set to a value controlled by the switchdev driver when a replay is
requested. The driver can then check the context to figure out if all
ports within the LAG should act upon the switchdev event, or just the
ones that match the context.
We have to modify all switchdev_handle_* helper functions as well as the
prototypes in the drivers that use these helpers too, because these
helpers hide the underlying struct switchdev_notifier_info from us and
there is no way to retrieve the context otherwise.
The context structure will be populated and used in later patches.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly implemented fwnode_mdbiobus_register turned out to be
problematic - in case the fwnode_/of_/acpi_mdio are built as
modules, a dependency cycle can be observed during the depmod phase of
modules_install, eg.:
depmod: ERROR: Cycle detected: fwnode_mdio -> of_mdio -> fwnode_mdio
depmod: ERROR: Found 2 modules in dependency cycles!
OR:
depmod: ERROR: Cycle detected: acpi_mdio -> fwnode_mdio -> acpi_mdio
depmod: ERROR: Found 2 modules in dependency cycles!
A possible solution could be to rework fwnode_mdiobus_register,
so that to merge the contents of acpi_mdiobus_register and
of_mdiobus_register. However feasible, such change would
be very intrusive and affect huge amount of the of_mdiobus_register
users.
Since there are currently 2 users of ACPI and MDIO
(xgmac_mdio and mvmdio), withdraw the fwnode_mdbiobus_register
and roll back to a simple 'if' condition in affected drivers.
Fixes: 62a6ef6a99 ("net: mdiobus: Introduce fwnode_mdbiobus_register()")
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta and mvpp2 drivers have rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock() pairs
around XDP program invocations. However, the actual lifetime of the objects
referred by the XDP program invocation is longer, all the way through to
the call to xdp_do_flush(), making the scope of the rcu_read_lock() too
small. This turns out to be harmless because it all happens in a single
NAPI poll cycle (and thus under local_bh_disable()), but it makes the
rcu_read_lock() misleading.
Rather than extend the scope of the rcu_read_lock(), just get rid of it
entirely. With the addition of RCU annotations to the XDP_REDIRECT map
types that take bh execution into account, lockdep even understands this to
be safe, so there's really no reason to keep it around.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210624160609.292325-13-toke@redhat.com
This is a preliminary patch to add hw csum hint support to
mvneta/mvpp2 xdp implementation
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for FORTIFY_SOURCE performing compile-time and run-time
field bounds checking for memcpy(), memmove(), and memset(), avoid
intentionally writing across neighboring fields.
To avoid having memcpy() think a u64 "prof" is being written beyond,
adjust the prof member type by adding struct nix_bandprof_s to the union
to match the other structs. This silences the following future warning:
In file included from ./include/linux/string.h:253,
from ./include/linux/bitmap.h:10,
from ./include/linux/cpumask.h:12,
from ./arch/x86/include/asm/cpumask.h:5,
from ./arch/x86/include/asm/msr.h:11,
from ./arch/x86/include/asm/processor.h:22,
from ./arch/x86/include/asm/timex.h:5,
from ./include/linux/timex.h:65,
from ./include/linux/time32.h:13,
from ./include/linux/time.h:60,
from ./include/linux/stat.h:19,
from ./include/linux/module.h:13,
from drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu_nix.c:11:
In function '__fortify_memcpy_chk',
inlined from '__fortify_memcpy' at ./include/linux/fortify-string.h:310:2,
inlined from 'rvu_nix_blk_aq_enq_inst' at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu_nix.c:910:5:
./include/linux/fortify-string.h:268:4: warning: call to '__write_overflow_field' declared with attribute warning: detected write beyond size of field (1st parameter); please use struct_group() [-Wattribute-warning]
268 | __write_overflow_field();
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu_nix.c:
...
else if (req->ctype == NIX_AQ_CTYPE_BANDPROF)
memcpy(&rsp->prof, ctx,
sizeof(struct nix_bandprof_s));
...
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Subbaraya Sundeep<sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'has_phy' field from struct mvpp2_port is no longer used.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the MDIO and phylink are supported in the ACPI
world, enable to use them in the mvpp2 driver. Ensure a backward
compatibility with the firmware whose ACPI description does
not contain the necessary elements for the proper phy handling
and fall back to relying on the link interrupts instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introducing ACPI support for the mvmdio driver by adding
acpi_match_table with two entries:
* "MRVL0100" for the SMI operation
* "MRVL0101" for the XSMI mode
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0571a753cb cancelled delayed work too late, keeping small
race. Cancel work sooner to close it completely.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek (CIP) <pavel@denx.de>
Fixes: 0571a753cb ("net: pxa168_eth: Fix a potential data race in pxa168_eth_remove")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the return expression in the rvu_npc_fs.c
Signed-off-by: dingsenjie <dingsenjie@yulong.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Introduce matchall filter support
- Add SPAN API to configure port mirroring.
- Add tc mirror action.
At this moment, only mirror (egress) action is supported.
Example:
tc filter ... action mirred egress mirror dev DEV
Co-developed-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <vmytnyk@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <vmytnyk@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_err message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added police action for ingress TC flower
hardware offload. With this rate limiting can be
done per flow. Since rate limiting is tied to
RQs in hardware the number of TC flower filters
with action as police is limited to number
of receive queues of the interface. Both bps
and pps modes are supported.
Examples to rate limit a flow:
$ ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
$ tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip \
flower ip_proto udp dst_port 80 action \
police rate 100Mbit burst 32Kbit
$ tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol ip flower dst_mac 5e:b2:34:ee:29:49 \
action police pkts_rate 5000 pkts_burst 2048
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies all netdev_err messages in
tc code to NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD. NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD
does not support format specifiers yet hence
netdev_err messages with only strings are modified.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TC_MATCHALL ingress ratelimiting offload support with POLICE
action for entire traffic coming into the interface.
Eg: To ratelimit ingress traffic to 100Mbps
$ ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 clsact
$ tc filter add dev eth0 ingress matchall skip_sw \
action police rate 100Mbit burst 32Kbit
To support this, a leaf level bandwidth profile is allocated and all
RQs' contexts used by this interface are updated to point to it.
And the leaf level bandwidth profile is configured with user specified
rate and burst sizes.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for dumping current resource status of bandwidth
profiles and contexts of allocated profiles via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CN10K silicons supports hierarchial ingress packet ratelimiting.
There are 3 levels of profilers supported leaf, mid and top.
Ratelimiting is done after packet forwarding decision is taken
and a NIXLF's RQ is identified to DMA the packet. RQ's context
points to a leaf bandwidth profile which can be configured
to achieve desired ratelimit.
This patch adds logic for management of these bandwidth profiles
ie profile alloc, free, context update etc.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add traps that have init_action being set to DROP.
Add 'trap_drop_counter_get' (devlink API) callback implementation,
that is used to get number of packets that have been dropped by the HW
(traps with action 'DROP').
Add new FW command CPU_CODE_COUNTERS_GET.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devlink traps registration (with corresponding groups) for
all the traffic types that driver traps to the CPU;
prestera_rxtx: report each packet trapped to the CPU (RX) to the
prestera_devlink;
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current MCAM allocation scheme allocates a single lot of
MCAM entries for ntuple filters, unicast filters and VF VLAN
rules. This patch attempts to cleanup this logic by segregating
MCAM rule allocation and management for Ntuple rules and unicast,
VF VLAN rules. This segregation will result in reusing most of
the logic for supporting ntuple filters for VF devices.
Also added debug messages for MCAM entry allocation failures.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for setting a VF as a trusted VF by PF admin. Trusted VF
feature allows VFs to perform priviliged operations such as enabling
VF promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode and changing the VF MAC address
even if it was assigned by PF.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new mailbox to enable PF to configure VF as trusted VF.
Trusted VF feature allows VFs to perform priviliged operations
such as enabling VF promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode and
changing the VF MAC address configured by PF. Refactored the
VF interface flags maintained by the AF driver such that the
flags do not overlap for various configurations.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_rx_mode callback handler to configure promisc, multicast and
allmulti options for VF driver. Also, modified PF driver ndo_set_rx_mode
handler to support multicast and promisc mode independently.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, multicast packet filtering is accomplished by installing
MCAM rule that matches all-multicast MAC address and has its
NPC_RX_ACTION set to unicast to PF. Similarly promisc feature is
achieved by installing MCAM rule that matches all the traffic received
by the channel and unicast the packets to PF. This approach only applies
to PF and is not scalable across VFs.
This patch adds support for PF/VF multicast and promisc feature by
reserving NIX_RX_MCE_S entries from the global MCE list allocated
during NIX block initialization. The NIX_RX_MCE_S entries create a
linked list with a flag indicating the end of the list, and each entry
points to a PF_FUNC (either PF or VF). When a packet NPC_RX_ACTION is
set to MCAST, the corresponding NIX_RX_MCE_S list is traversed and the
packet is queued to each PF_FUNC available on the list.
The PF or VF driver adds the multicast/promisc packet match entry and
updates the MCE list with correspondng PF_FUNC. When a PF or VF interface
is disabled, the corresponding NIX_RX_MCE_S entry is removed from the
MCE list and the MCAM entry will be disabled if the list is empty.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following features are supported:
- LAG basic operations
- create/delete LAG
- add/remove a member to LAG
- enable/disable member in LAG
- LAG Bridge support
- LAG VLAN support
- LAG FDB support
Limitations:
- Only HASH lag tx type is supported
- The Hash parameters are not configurable. They are applied
during the LAG creation stage.
- Enslaving a port to the LAG device that already has an
upper device is not supported.
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace prestera_bridge_port_event(...) by
prestera_bridge_port_join(...) and prestera_bridge_port_leave().
It simplifies the code by reading netdev event specific handling only
once in prestera_main.c
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
CC: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move handling of PRECHANGEUPPER event from prestera_switchdev to
prestera_main which is responsible for basic netdev events handling
and routing them to related module.
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the time during the RX is caused by the compound_head() call
done at the end of the RX loop:
│ build_skb():
[...]
│ static inline struct page *compound_head(struct page *page)
│ {
│ unsigned long head = READ_ONCE(page->compound_head);
65.23 │ ldr x2, [x1, #8]
Prefetch the page struct as soon as possible, to speedup the RX path
noticeabily by a ~3-4% packet rate in a drop test.
│ build_skb():
[...]
│ static inline struct page *compound_head(struct page *page)
│ {
│ unsigned long head = READ_ONCE(page->compound_head);
17.92 │ ldr x2, [x1, #8]
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the RX buffer, the received data starts after a headroom used to
align the IP header and to allow prepending headers efficiently.
The prefetch() should take this into account, and prefetch from
the very start of the received data.
We can see that ether_addr_equal_64bits(), which is the first function
to access the data, drops from the top of the perf top output.
prefetch(data):
Overhead Shared Object Symbol
11.64% [kernel] [k] eth_type_trans
prefetch(data + MVPP2_MH_SIZE + MVPP2_SKB_HEADROOM):
Overhead Shared Object Symbol
13.42% [kernel] [k] build_skb
10.35% [mvpp2] [k] mvpp2_rx
9.35% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
8.24% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free
7.97% [kernel] [k] dev_gro_receive
7.68% [kernel] [k] page_pool_put_page
7.32% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc
7.09% [mvpp2] [k] mvpp2_bm_pool_put
3.36% [kernel] [k] eth_type_trans
Also, move the eth_type_trans() call a bit down, to give the RAM more
time to prefetch the data.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new recycling API for page_pool.
In a drop rate test, the packet rate increased by 10%,
from 296 Kpps to 326 Kpps.
perf top on a stock system shows:
Overhead Shared Object Symbol
23.66% [kernel] [k] __pi___inval_dcache_area
22.85% [mvneta] [k] mvneta_rx_swbm
7.54% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc
6.49% [kernel] [k] eth_type_trans
3.94% [kernel] [k] dev_gro_receive
3.91% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
3.91% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free
3.76% [kernel] [k] page_pool_release_page
3.56% [kernel] [k] free_unref_page
2.40% [kernel] [k] build_skb
1.49% [kernel] [k] skb_release_data
1.45% [kernel] [k] __alloc_pages_bulk
1.30% [kernel] [k] page_frag_free
And this is the same output with recycling enabled:
Overhead Shared Object Symbol
26.41% [kernel] [k] __pi___inval_dcache_area
25.00% [mvneta] [k] mvneta_rx_swbm
8.14% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_alloc
6.84% [kernel] [k] eth_type_trans
4.44% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
4.38% [kernel] [k] kmem_cache_free
4.16% [kernel] [k] dev_gro_receive
3.21% [kernel] [k] page_pool_put_page
2.41% [kernel] [k] build_skb
1.82% [kernel] [k] skb_release_data
1.61% [kernel] [k] napi_gro_receive
1.25% [kernel] [k] page_pool_refill_alloc_cache
1.16% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_list_core
We can see that page_pool_release_page(), free_unref_page() and
__alloc_pages_bulk() are no longer on top of the list when receiving
traffic.
The test was done with mausezahn on the TX side with 64 byte raw
ethernet frames.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a prerequisite patch, the next one is enabling recycling of
skbs and fragments. Add an extra argument on __skb_frag_unref() to
handle recycling, and update the current users of the function with that.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will cause null-ptr-deref if platform_get_resource() returns NULL,
we need check the return value.
Signed-off-by: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_warning message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lets try to load previous fw version in case the latest one is missing on
existing system.
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New firmware version has some ABI and feature changes like:
- LAG support
- initial L3 support
- changed events handling logic
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Latest FW IPC flood message format was changed to configure uc/mc
flooding separately, so change code according to this.
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are change in firmware which requires that receiver will
disable event interrupts before handling them and enable them
after finish with handling. Events still may come into the queue
but without receiver interruption.
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support to load a new type of KPU image, known as coalesced/
consolidated KPU image via firmware database. This image is a
consolidation of multiple KPU profiles into a single image.
During kernel bootup this coalesced image will be read via
firmware database and only the relevant KPU profile will be loaded.
Existing functionality of loading single KPU/MKEX profile
is intact as the images are differentiated based on the image signature.
Signed-off-by: Harman Kalra <hkalra@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CN10k introduces following new LT DEF registers:
1. APAD (alignment padding) LT DEF registers are
enhancement to existing apad calculation algorithm
where not just ipv4 and ipv6 but also other protocols
can be matched and required alignment can be added by NIX.
2. ET LT DEF register defines layer information in NPC_RESULT_S
to identify the Ethertype location in L2 header. Used for
Ethertype overwriting in inline IPsec flow.
This patch adds required structures and some header changes. Also
strict version check (based on minor field) is imposed to highlight
version mismatch between the kernel headers and KPU profile.
Signed-off-by: Harman Kalra <hkalra@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob Kollanukkaran <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar Kokkilagadda <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently NPC profile (KPU + MKEX) can be loaded using firmware
binary in filesystem scheme. Enhancing the functionality to load
NPC profile image from system firmware database. It uses the same
technique as used for loading MKEX profile. Firstly firmware binary
in kernel is checked for a valid image else tries to load NPC profile
from firmware database and at last uses default profile if no proper
image found.
Signed-off-by: Harman Kalra <hkalra@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add ability to load a set of custom KPU entries. This
allows for flexible support for custom protocol parsing.
AF driver will attempt to load the profile and verify if it can fit
hardware capabilities. If not, it will revert to the built-in profile.
Next it will replace the first KPU_MAX_CST_LT (2) entries in each KPU
in default profile with entries read from the profile image.
The built-in profile should always contain KPU_MAX_CSR_LT first no-match
entries and AF driver will disable those in the KPU unless custom
profile is loaded.
Profile file contains also a list of default protocol overrides to
allow for custom protocols to be used there.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If Link Partner sends frames larger than RX buffer size, MAC mark it
as oversize but still would pass it to the Packet Processor.
In this scenario, Packet Processor scatter frame between multiple buffers,
but only a single buffer would be returned to the Buffer Manager pool and
it would not refill the poll.
Patch add handling of oversize error with buffer header handling, so all
buffers would be returned to the Buffer Manager pool.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few leading spaces before tabs and remove it by running the
following commard:
$ find . -name '*.c' | xargs sed -r -i 's/^[ ]+\t/\t/'
$ find . -name '*.h' | xargs sed -r -i 's/^[ ]+\t/\t/'
Cc: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hui Tang <tanghui20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is called from ethtool_set_rxfh() and "*rss_context"
comes from the user. Add some bounds checking to prevent memory
corruption.
Fixes: 81a4362016 ("octeontx2-pf: Add RSS multi group support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some unreachable code, so to suppress this warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_prs.c: In function ‘mvpp2_prs_tcam_first_free’:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_prs.c:397:10: warning: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
397 | if (end >= MVPP2_PRS_TCAM_SRAM_SIZE)
| ^~
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvpp2_run_xdp() has an unused parameter rxq, remove it.
Fixes: 07dd0a7aae ("mvpp2: add basic XDP support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
device_property_read_u32() may return different error codes.
Propagate it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace open coded variants of devm_clk_get_optional().
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the device_get_match_data() helper instead of open coding.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In each iteration fwnode_for_each_available_child_node() bumps a reference
counting of a loop variable followed by dropping in on a next iteration,
Since in error case the loop is broken, we have to drop a reference count
by ourselves. Do it for port_fwnode in error case during ->probe().
Fixes: 248122212f ("net: mvpp2: use device_*/fwnode_* APIs instead of of_*")
Cc: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a new mailbox to get CPT stats, includes performance
counters, CPT engines status and RXC status.
Signed-off-by: Narayana Prasad Raju Atherya <pathreya@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CN10K CPT coprocessor includes a component named RXC which
is responsible for reassembly of inner IP packets. RXC has
the feature to evict oldest entries based on age/threshold.
This patch adds a new mailbox to configure reassembly age
or threshold.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob Kollanukkaran <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds changes to existing CPT mailbox messages to support
CN10K CPT block. This patch also adds new register defines
for CN10K CPT.
Signed-off-by: Vidya Sagar Velumuri <vvelumuri@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PCI match for AC3X 98DX3265 device which is supported by the current
driver and firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add parser entries for different IPv4 IHL values.
Each entry will set the L4 header offset according to the IPv4 IHL field.
L3 header offset will set during the parsing of the IPv4 protocol.
Because of missed parser support for IP header length > 20, RX IPv4 checksum HW offload fails
and skb->ip_summed set to CHECKSUM_NONE(checksum done by Network stack).
This patch adds RX IPv4 checksum HW offload capability for frames with IP header length > 20.
v1 --> v2
- Improve commit message.
Suggested-by: Dana Vardi <danat@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in bugfix commit 6ab4c3117a ("net: bridge: don't notify
switchdev for local FDB addresses") as well as in this discussion:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210117193009.io3nungdwuzmo5f7@skbuf/
the switchdev notifiers for FDB entries managed to have a zero-day bug,
which was that drivers would not know what to do with local FDB entries,
because they were not told that they are local. The bug fix was to
simply not notify them of those addresses.
Let us now add the 'is_local' bit to bridge FDB entries, and make all
drivers ignore these entries by their own choice.
Co-developed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_get_mac_address() returns a "const void*" pointer to a MAC address.
Lately, support to fetch the MAC address by an NVMEM provider was added.
But this will only work with platform devices. It will not work with
PCI devices (e.g. of an integrated root complex) and esp. not with DSA
ports.
There is an of_* variant of the nvmem binding which works without
devices. The returned data of a nvmem_cell_read() has to be freed after
use. On the other hand the return of_get_mac_address() points to some
static data without a lifetime. The trick for now, was to allocate a
device resource managed buffer which is then returned. This will only
work if we have an actual device.
Change it, so that the caller of of_get_mac_address() has to supply a
buffer where the MAC address is written to. Unfortunately, this will
touch all drivers which use the of_get_mac_address().
Usually the code looks like:
const char *addr;
addr = of_get_mac_address(np);
if (!IS_ERR(addr))
ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, addr);
This can then be simply rewritten as:
of_get_mac_address(np, ndev->dev_addr);
Sometimes is_valid_ether_addr() is used to test the MAC address.
of_get_mac_address() already makes sure, it just returns a valid MAC
address. Thus we can just test its return code. But we have to be
careful if there are still other sources for the MAC address before the
of_get_mac_address(). In this case we have to keep the
is_valid_ether_addr() call.
The following coccinelle patch was used to convert common cases to the
new style. Afterwards, I've manually gone over the drivers and fixed the
return code variable: either used a new one or if one was already
available use that. Mansour Moufid, thanks for that coccinelle patch!
<spml>
@a@
identifier x;
expression y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y);
+ x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
<...
- ether_addr_copy(z, x);
...>
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>) {}
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
if (<+... x ...+>) {
...
}
- else {}
@@
identifier a.x;
expression e;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>@e)
- {}
- else
+ if (!(e))
{...}
@@
expression x, y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
+ of_get_mac_address(y, z);
... when != x
</spml>
All drivers, except drivers/net/ethernet/aeroflex/greth.c, were
compile-time tested.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tab instead of space to align the code.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just delete three extra spaces.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a trailing */ on a separate line for block comments.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Delete duplicate word in two comments.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weihang Li <liweihang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-03-24
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 37 non-merge commits during the last 15 day(s) which contain
a total of 65 files changed, 3200 insertions(+), 738 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Static linking of multiple BPF ELF files, from Andrii.
2) Move drop error path to devmap for XDP_REDIRECT, from Lorenzo.
3) Spelling fixes from various folks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When compile testing this driver on a platform on which probe() is
known to fail at compile time, gcc warns about the cgx_lmactype_string[]
array being uninitialized:
In function 'strncpy',
inlined from 'link_status_user_format' at /git/arm-soc/drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/cgx.c:838:2,
inlined from 'cgx_link_change_handler' at /git/arm-soc/drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/cgx.c:853:2:
include/linux/fortify-string.h:27:30: error: argument 2 null where non-null expected [-Werror=nonnull]
27 | #define __underlying_strncpy __builtin_strncpy
Address this by turning the runtime initialization into a fixed array,
which should also produce better code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s/preceeds/precedes/ .....two different places
s/rsponse/response/
s/cetain/certain/
s/precison/precision/
Fix a sentence construction as per suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Chowdhury <unixbhaskar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the error return path when lfs fails to allocate is not free'ing
the memory allocated to buf. Fix this by adding the missing kfree.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: f788409714 ("octeontx2-af: Formatting debugfs entry rsrc_alloc.")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in an error message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver allocates the spinlock but not initialize it.
Use spin_lock_init() on it to initialize it correctly.
Fixes: d8ce30e0cf ("octeontx2-pf: add tc flower stats handler for hw offloads")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer pfvf is being initialized with a value that is
never read and it is being updated later with a new value. The
initialization is redundant and can be removed.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unused value")
Fixes: 56bcef528b ("octeontx2-af: Use npc_install_flow API for promisc and broadcast entries")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 92c8c16f34 ("powerpc/embedded6xx: Remove C2K board support")
removed last selector of CONFIG_MV64X60.
As it is not a user selectable config item, all references to it
are stale. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unmapping npc counter works in a way by traversing all mcam
entries to find which mcam rule is associated with counter.
But loop cursor variable 'entry' is not incremented before
checking next mcam entry which resulting in infinite loop.
This in turn hogs the kworker thread forever and no other
mbox message is processed by AF driver after that.
Fix this by updating entry value before checking next
mcam entry.
Fixes: a958dd59f9 ("octeontx2-af: Map or unmap NPC MCAM entry and counter")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RSS configuration can not be get/set when interface is in down state
as they required mbox communication. RSS enable flag status
is used for set/get configuration. Current code do not clear the
RSS enable flag on interface down which lead to mbox error while
trying to set/get RSS configuration.
Fixes: 85069e95e5 ("octeontx2-pf: Receive side scaling support")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current devlink code try to free already freed irqs as the
irq_allocate flag is not cleared after free leading to kernel
crash while removing rvu driver. The patch fixes the irq free
sequence and clears the irq_allocate flag on free.
Fixes: 7304ac4567 ("octeontx2-af: Add mailbox IRQ and msg handlers")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX receive buffer size is a constant value and
cannot be read from CGX0 block always since
CGX0 may not enabled everytime. Hence return CGX
receive buffer size from first enabled CGX block
instead of CGX0.
Fixes: 6e54e1c539 ("octeontx2-af: cn10K: MTU configuration")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MKEX profile describes what packet fields need to be extracted from
the input packet and how to place those packet fields in the output key
for MCAM matching. The MKEX profile can be in a way where higher layer
packet fields can overwrite lower layer packet fields in output MCAM
Key.
Hence MKEX profile is always ensured that there are no overlaps between
any of the layers. But the commit 42006910b5
("octeontx2-af: cleanup KPU config data") introduced TX TOS field which
overlaps with DMAC in MCAM key.
This led to AF driver returning error when TX rule is installed with
DMAC as match criteria since DMAC gets overwritten and cannot be
supported. This patch fixes the issue by removing TOS field from MKEX TX
profile.
Fixes: 42006910b5 ("octeontx2-af: cleanup KPU config data")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL ioctl ethtool uses
below structure to read number of rules from the driver.
struct ethtool_rxnfc {
__u32 cmd;
__u32 flow_type;
__u64 data;
struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec fs;
union {
__u32 rule_cnt;
__u32 rss_context;
};
__u32 rule_locs[0];
};
Driver must not modify rule_cnt member. But currently driver
modifies it by modifying rss_context. Hence fix it by using a
local variable.
Fixes: 81a4362016 ("octeontx2-pf: Add RSS multi group support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TC_MATCHALL egress ratelimiting offload support with POLICE
action for entire traffic going out of the interface.
Eg: To ratelimit egress traffic to 100Mbps
$ ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 clsact
$ tc filter add dev eth0 egress matchall skip_sw \
action police rate 100Mbit burst 16Kbit
HW supports a max burst size of ~128KB.
Only one ratelimiting filter can be installed at a time.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to get the stats for tc flower flows that are
offloaded to hardware. To support this feature, added a
new AF mbox handler which returns the MCAM entry stats
for a flow that has hardware stat counter enabled.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for tc flower hardware offload on ingress
traffic. Since the tc-flower filter rules use the same set of MCAM
rules as the n-tuple filters, the n-tuple filters and tc flower
rules are mutually exclusive. When one of the feature is enabled
using ethtool, the other feature is disabled in the driver. By default
the driver enables n-tuple filters during initialization.
The following flow keys are supported.
-> Ethernet: dst_mac
-> L2 proto: all protocols
-> VLAN (802.1q): vlan_id/vlan_prio
-> IPv4: dst_ip/src_ip/ip_proto{tcp|udp|sctp|icmp}/ip_tos
-> IPv6: ip_proto{icmpv6}
-> L4(tcp/udp/sctp): dst_port/src_port
The following flow actions are supported.
-> drop
-> accept
-> redirect
-> vlan pop
The flow action supports multiple actions when vlan pop is specified
as the first action. The redirect action supports redirecting to the
PF/VF of same PCI device. Redirecting to other PCI NIX devices is not
supported.
Example #1: Add a tc filter rule to drop UDP traffic with dest port 80
# ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
# tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: flower ip_proto \
udp dst_port 80 action drop
Example #2: Add a tc filter rule to redirect ingress traffic on eth0
with vlan id 3 to eth6 (ex: eth0 vf0) after stripping the vlan hdr.
# ethtool -K eth0 hw-tc-offload on
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol 802.1Q flower \
vlan_id 3 vlan_ethtype ipv4 action vlan pop action mirred \
ingress redirect dev eth6
Example #3: List the ingress filter rules
# tc -s filter show dev eth4 ingress
Example #4: Delete tc flower filter rule with handle 0x1
# tc filter del dev eth0 ingress protocol ip pref 49152 \
handle 1 flower
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for programming the HW MCAM match key with IP tos, IP(v6)
proto icmp/icmpv6, allowing flow offload rules to be installed using
those fields. The NPC HW extracts layer type, which will be used as a
matching criteria for different IP protocols.
The ethtool n-tuple filter logic has been updated to parse the IP tos
and l4proto for HW offloading. l4proto tcp/udp/sctp/ah/esp/icmp are
supported. See example usage below.
Ex: Redirect l4proto icmp to vf 0 queue 0
ethtool -U eth0 flow-type ip4 l4proto 1 action vf 0 queue 0
Ex: Redirect flow with ip tos 8 to vf 0 queue 0
ethtool -U eth0 flow-type ip4 tos 8 vf 0 queue 0
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to change the current ndo_xdp_xmit drop semantics because it will
allow us to implement better queue overflow handling. This is working
towards the larger goal of a XDP TX queue-hook. Move XDP_REDIRECT error
path handling from each XDP ethernet driver to devmap code. According to
the new APIs, the driver running the ndo_xdp_xmit pointer, will break tx
loop whenever the hw reports a tx error and it will just return to devmap
caller the number of successfully transmitted frames. It will be devmap
responsibility to free dropped frames.
Move each XDP ndo_xdp_xmit capable driver to the new APIs:
- veth
- virtio-net
- mvneta
- mvpp2
- socionext
- amazon ena
- bnxt
- freescale (dpaa2, dpaa)
- xen-frontend
- qede
- ice
- igb
- ixgbe
- i40e
- mlx5
- ti (cpsw, cpsw-new)
- tun
- sfc
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree.xilinx@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Shay Agroskin <shayagr@amazon.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/ed670de24f951cfd77590decf0229a0ad7fd12f6.1615201152.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
The mbox handler npc_install_flow returns ENOTSUPP for unsupported
flow keys. This patch modifies the return value to AF driver defined
error code for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A mcam rule described by mcam_rule struct has all the info
such as the hardware MCAM entry number, match criteria and
corresponding action etc. All mcam rules are stored in a
linked list mcam->rules. When adding/updating a rule to the
mcam->rules it is checked if a rule already exists for the
mcam entry. If the rule already exists, the same rule is
updated instead of creating new rule. This way only one
mcam_rule exists for the only one default unicast entry
installed by AF. But a PF/VF can get different NIXLF
(or default unicast entry number) after a attach-detach-attach
sequence. When that happens mcam_rules list end up with two
default unicast rules. Fix the problem by deleting the default
unicast rule list node always when disabling mcam rules.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use npc_install_flow mailbox API for installing the default promisc
and broadcast match entries. Earlier these entries were installed
using low level npc_config_mcam_entry API, which does not store these
rules and is not available when the rules are dumped using debugfs.
Added chan_mask field to npc_install_flow_req to calculate channel
mask when channel count is greater than 1 and configure the channel
mask in entry kw_mask.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for multi channel NIX promisc entry. Packets sent
on all those channels by the host should be received by the interface to
which those channels belong. Channel count, if greater than 1, should be
power of 2 as only one promisc entry is available for the interface. Key
mask is modified such that incoming packets from channel base to channel
count are directed to the same pci function.
Signed-off-by: Nalla, Pradeep <pnalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch refactors npc_install_flow function to install AF
installed default MCAM entries similar to other MCAM entries
installed by PF/VF. As a result the code would be more readable
and easy to maintain. Modified npc_verify_entry and npc_verify_channel
to properly check MCAM rules installed by AF.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s/calclation/calculation/
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Chowdhury <unixbhaskar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pxa168_eth_remove() firstly calls unregister_netdev(),
then cancels a timeout work. unregister_netdev() shuts down a device
interface and removes it from the kernel tables. If the timeout occurs
in parallel, the timeout work (pxa168_eth_tx_timeout_task) performs stop
and open of the device. It may lead to an inconsistent state and memory
leaks.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Andrianov <andrianov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The value of "lmac_id" can be controlled by the user and if it is larger
then the number of bits in long then it reads outside the bitmap.
The highest valid value is less than MAX_LMAC_PER_CGX (4).
Fixes: 91c6945ea1 ("octeontx2-af: cn10k: Add RPM MAC support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sky2.c driver uses netdev_warn() before the net device is initialized.
Fix it by using dev_warn() instead.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Halasa <khalasa@piap.pl>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/m3a6s1r1ul.fsf@t19.piap.pl
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
PPv2 loopback port doesn't support RSS, so we should
skip RSS configurations for this port.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1613652123-19021-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This code does not allocate enough memory for the NUL terminator so it
ends up putting it one character beyond the end of the buffer.
Fixes: 8756828a81 ("octeontx2-af: Add NPA aura and pool contexts to debugfs")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checkers complained about an off by one read overflow in
otx2_get_fecparam() and we applied two conflicting fixes for it.
Correct: b0aae0bde2 ("octeontx2: Fix condition.")
Wrong: 93efb0c656 ("octeontx2-pf: Fix out-of-bounds read in otx2_get_fecparam()")
Revert the incorrect fix.
Fixes: 93efb0c656 ("octeontx2-pf: Fix out-of-bounds read in otx2_get_fecparam()")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These defines are used with set_bit() and test_bit() which take a bit
number. In other words, the code is doing:
if (BIT(BIT(1)) & pf->hw.cap_flag) {
This was done consistently so it did not cause a problem at runtime but
it's still worth fixing.
Fixes: facede8209 ("octeontx2-pf: cn10k: Add mbox support for CN10K")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a basic MQPrio support, inserting rules in RX that translate
the TC to prio mapping into vlan prio to queues.
The TX logic stays the same as when we don't offload the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to Errata #23 "The per-CPU GbE interrupt is limited to Core
0", we can't use the per-cpu interrupt mechanism on the Armada 3700
familly.
This is correctly checked for RSS configuration, but the initial queue
mapping is still done by having the queues spread across all the CPUs in
the system, both in the init path and in the cpu_hotplug path.
Fixes: 2636ac3cc2 ("net: mvneta: Add network support for Armada 3700 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes references to uninitialized variables and
debugfs entry name for CN10K platform and HW_TSO flag check.
Fixes: 3ad3f8f93c ("octeontx2-af: cn10k: MAC internal loopback support").
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
v1-v2
- Clear HW_TSO flag for 96xx B0 version.
This patch fixes the bug introduced by the commit
3ad3f8f93c ("octeontx2-af: cn10k: MAC internal loopback support").
These changes are not yet merged into net branch, hence submitting
to net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With MTU less than 1500B on all ports, the driver uses per CPU pool mode.
If one of the ports set to jumbo frame MTU size, all ports move
to shared pools mode.
Here, buffer manager TX Flow Control reconfigured on all ports.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1KB is enough for loopback port, so 2KB can be distributed
between other ports.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GENCONF_CTRL0_PORTX naming improved.
Non functional change.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO instead of IS_ERR and PTR_ERR.
Non functional change.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use >= MVPP22 instead of != MVPP21.
Non functional change.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2.1 contain 0 in Version ID register, priv->hw_version check
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switchdev attribute offers a counterproductive API for a driver
writer, because although br_switchdev_set_port_flag gets passed a
"flags" and a "mask", those are passed piecemeal to the driver, so while
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS listener knows what changed because it has the
"mask", the BRIDGE_FLAGS listener doesn't, because it only has the final
value. But certain drivers can offload only certain combinations of
settings, like for example they cannot change unicast flooding
independently of multicast flooding - they must be both on or both off.
The way the information is passed to switchdev makes drivers not
expressive enough, and unable to reject this request ahead of time, in
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS notifier, so they are forced to reject it during
the deferred BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute, where the rejection is currently
ignored.
This patch also changes drivers to make use of the "mask" field for edge
detection when possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a struct switchdev_attr is notified through switchdev, there is no
way to report informational messages, unlike for struct switchdev_obj.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code at line 967 implies that rsp->fwdata.supported_fec may be up to 4:
967: if (rsp->fwdata.supported_fec <= FEC_MAX_INDEX)
If rsp->fwdata.supported_fec evaluates to 4, then there is an
out-of-bounds read at line 971 because fec is an array with
a maximum of 4 elements:
954 const int fec[] = {
955 ETHTOOL_FEC_OFF,
956 ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER,
957 ETHTOOL_FEC_RS,
958 ETHTOOL_FEC_BASER | ETHTOOL_FEC_RS};
959 #define FEC_MAX_INDEX 4
971: fecparam->fec = fec[rsp->fwdata.supported_fec];
Fix this by properly indexing fec[] with rsp->fwdata.supported_fec - 1.
In this case the proper indexes 0 to 3 are used when
rsp->fwdata.supported_fec evaluates to a range of 1 to 4, correspondingly.
Fixes: d0cf9503e9 ("octeontx2-pf: ethtool fec mode support")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1501722 ("Out-of-bounds read")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in the text in array rpm_rx_stats_fields,
fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The condition should be skipped if CPU ID equal to nthreads.
The patch doesn't fix any actual issue since
nthreads = min_t(unsigned int, num_present_cpus(), MVPP2_MAX_THREADS).
On all current Armada platforms, the number of CPU's is
less than MVPP2_MAX_THREADS.
Fixes: e531f76757 ("net: mvpp2: handle cases where more CPUs are available than s/w threads")
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAC on CN10K silicon support loopback for selftest or debug purposes.
This patch does necessary configuration to loopback packets upon receiving
request from LMAC mapped RVU PF's netdev via mailbox.
Also MAC (CGX) on OcteonTx2 silicon variants and MAC (RPM) on
OcteonTx3 CN10K are different and loopback needs to be configured
differently. Upper layer interface between RVU AF and PF netdev is
kept same. Based on silicon variant appropriate fn() pointer is
called to config the MAC.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RPM supports below list of counters as an extension to existing counters
* class based flow control pause frames
* vlan/jabber/fragmented packets
* fcs/alignment/oversized error packets
This patch adds support to display supported RPM counters via debugfs
and define new mbox rpm_stats to read all support counters.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control configuration is different for CGX(Octeontx2)
and RPM(CN10K) functional blocks. This patch adds the necessary
changes for RPM to support 802.3 pause frames configuration on
cn10k platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <Sunil.Goutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CN10K supports max MTU of 16K on LMAC links and 64k on LBK
links and Octeontx2 silicon supports 9K mtu on both links.
Get the same from nix_get_hw_info mbox message in netdev probe.
This patch also calculates receive buffer size required based
on the MTU set.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OcteonTx3 CN10K silicon supports bigger MTU when compared
to 9216 MTU supported by OcteonTx2 silicon variants. Lookback
interface supports upto 64K and RPM LMAC interfaces support
upto 16K.
This patch does the necessary configuration and adds support
for PF/VF drivers to retrieve max packet size supported via mbox
This patch also configures tx link credit by considering supported
fifo size and max packet length for Octeontx3 silicon.
This patch also removes platform specific name from the driver name.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIX uses unique channel numbers to identify the packet sources/sinks
like CGX,LBK and SDP. The channel numbers assigned to each block are
hardwired in CN9xxx silicon.
The fixed channel numbers in CN9xxx are:
0x0 | a << 8 | b - LBK(0..3)_CH(0..63)
0x0 | a << 8 - Reserved
0x700 | a - SDP_CH(0..255)
0x800 | a << 8 | b << 4 | c - CGX(0..7)_LMAC(0..3)_CH(0..15)
All the channels in the above fixed enumerator(with maximum
number of blocks) are not required since some chips
have less number of blocks.
For CN10K silicon the channel numbers need to be programmed by
software in each block with the base channel number and range of
channels. This patch calculates and assigns the channel numbers
to efficiently distribute the channel number range(0-4095) among
all the blocks. The assignment is made based on the actual number of
blocks present and also contiguously leaving no holes.
The channel numbers remaining after the math are used as new CPT
replay channels present in CN10K. Also since channel numbers are
not fixed the transmit channel link number needed by AF consumers
is calculated by AF and sent along with nix_lf_alloc mailbox response.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OcteonTx2's next gen platform the CN10K has RPM MAC which has a
different serdes when compared to CGX MAC. Though the underlying
HW is different, the CSR interface has been designed largely inline
with CGX MAC, with few exceptions though. So we are using the same
CGX driver for RPM MAC as well and will have a different set of APIs
for RPM where ever necessary.
This patch adds initial support for CN10K's RPM MAC i.e. the driver
registration, communication with firmware etc. For communication with
firmware, RPM provides a different IRQ when compared to CGX.
The CGX and RPM blocks support different features. Currently few
features like ptp, flowcontrol and higig are not supported by RPM. This
patch adds new mailbox message "CGX_FEATURES_GET" to get the list of
features supported by underlying MAC.
RPM has different implementations for RX/TX stats. Unlike CGX,
bar offset of stat registers are different. This patch adds
support to access the same and dump the values in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to use new LMTST lines for NPA batch free
and burst SQE flush. Adds new dev_hw_ops structure to hold platform
specific functions and create new files cn10k.c and cn10k.h.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On CN10K platform transmit/receive buffer alloc and free from/to hardware
had changed to support burst operation. Whereas pervious silicon's only
support single buffer free at a time.
To Support the same firmware allocates a DRAM region for each PF/VF for
storing LMTLINES. These LMTLINES are used for NPA batch free and for
flushing SQE to the hardware.
PF/VF LMTST region is accessed via BAR4. PFs LMTST region is followed
by its VFs mbox memory. The size of region varies from 2KB to 256KB based
on number of LMTLINES configured.
This patch adds support for
- Mapping PF/VF LMTST region.
- Reserves 0-71 (RX + TX + XDP) LMTST lines for NPA batch
free operation.
- Reserves 72-512 LMTST lines for NIX SQE flush.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On CN10K platform NIX RQ and SQ context structure got changed.
This patch uses new mbox message "NIX_CN10K_AQ_ENQ" for NIX
context initialization on CN10K platform.
This patch also updates the nix_rx_parse_s and nix_sqe_sg_s
structures to add packet steering bit feilds.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On CN10K platform NPA and NIX context structure bit fields
had changed to support new features like bandwidth steering etc.
This patch dumps approprate context for CN10K platform.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIX hardware context structure got changed to accommodate new
features like bandwidth steering, L3/L4 outer/inner checksum
enable/disable etc., on CN10K platform.
This patch defines new mbox message NIX_CN10K_AQ_INST for new
NIX context initialization.
This patch also updates the NPA context structures to accommodate
bit field changes made for CN10K platform.
This patch also removes Big endian bit fields from existing
structures as its support got deprecated in current and upcoming silicons.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware allocates memory regions for PFs and VFs in DRAM.
The PFs memory region is used for AF-PF and PF-VF mailbox.
This mbox facilitate communication between AF-PF and PF-VF.
On CN10K platform:
The DRAM region allocated to PF is enumerated as PF BAR4 memory.
PF BAR4 contains AF-PF mbox region followed by its VFs mbox region.
AF-PF mbox region base address is configured at RVU_AF_PFX_BAR4_ADDR
PF-VF mailbox base address is configured at
RVU_PF(x)_VF_MBOX_ADDR = RVU_AF_PF()_BAR4_ADDR+64KB. PF access its
mbox region via BAR4, whereas VF accesses PF-VF DRAM mailboxes via
BAR2 indirect access.
On CN9XX platform:
Mailbox region in DRAM is divided into two parts AF-PF mbox region and
PF-VF mbox region i.e all PFs mbox region is contiguous similarly all
VFs.
The base address of the AF-PF mbox region is configured at
RVU_AF_PF_BAR4_ADDR.
AF-PF1 mbox address can be calculated as RVU_AF_PF_BAR4_ADDR * mbox
size.
The base address of PF-VF mbox region for each PF is configure at
RVU_AF_PF(0..15)_VF_BAR4_ADDR.PF access its mbox region via BAR4 and its
VF mbox regions from RVU_PF_VF_BAR4_ADDR register, whereas VF access its
mbox region via BAR4.
This patch changes mbox initialization to support both CN9XX and CN10K
platform.
The patch also adds new hw_cap flag to setting hw features like TSO etc
and removes platform specific name from the PF/VF driver name to make it
appropriate for all supported platforms
This patch also removes platform specific name from the PF/VF driver name
to make it appropriate for all supported platforms
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware allocates memory regions for PFs and VFs in DRAM.
The PFs memory region is used for AF-PF and PF-VF mailbox.
This mbox facilitates communication between AF-PF and PF-VF.
On CN10K platform:
The DRAM region allocated to PF is enumerated as PF BAR4 memory.
PF BAR4 contains AF-PF mbox region followed by its VFs mbox region.
AF-PF mbox region base address is configured at RVU_AF_PFX_BAR4_ADDR
PF-VF mailbox base address is configured at
RVU_PF(x)_VF_MBOX_ADDR = RVU_AF_PF()_BAR4_ADDR+64KB. PF access its
mbox region via BAR4, whereas VF accesses PF-VF DRAM mailboxes via
BAR2 indirect access.
On CN9XX platform:
Mailbox region in DRAM is divided into two parts AF-PF mbox region and
PF-VF mbox region i.e all PFs mbox region is contiguous similarly all
VFs.
The base address of the AF-PF mbox region is configured at
RVU_AF_PF_BAR4_ADDR.
AF-PF1 mbox address can be calculated as RVU_AF_PF_BAR4_ADDR * mbox
size.
The base address of PF-VF mbox region for each PF is configure at
RVU_AF_PF(0..15)_VF_BAR4_ADDR.PF access its mbox region via BAR4 and its
VF mbox regions from RVU_PF_VF_BAR4_ADDR register, whereas VF access its
mbox region via BAR4.
This patch changes mbox initialization to support both CN9XX and CN10K
platform.
This patch also adds CN10K PTP subsystem and device IDs to ptp
driver id table.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch check that TX FC firmware is running in CM3.
If not, global TX FC would be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix GMAC TX flow control autoneg.
Flow control autoneg wrongly were disabled with enabled TX
flow control.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New FIFO flow control feature was added in PPv23.
PPv2 FIFO polled by HW and trigger pause frame if FIFO
fill level is below threshold.
FIFO HW flow control enabled with CM3 RXQ&BM flow
control with ethtool.
Current FIFO thresholds is:
9KB for port with maximum speed 10Gb/s port
4KB for port with maximum speed 5Gb/s port
2KB for port with maximum speed 1Gb/s port
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PP2v23 hardware supports a feature allowing to double the
size of BPPI by decreasing number of pools from 16 to 8.
Increasing of BPPI size protect BM drop from BPPI underrun.
Underrun could occurred due to stress on DDR and as result slow buffer
transition from BPPE to BPPI.
New BPPI threshold recommended by spec is:
BPPI low threshold - 640 buffers
BPPI high threshold - 832 buffers
Supported only in PPv23.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add ethtool flow control configuration support.
Tx flow control retrieved correctly by ethtool get function.
FW per port ethtool configuration capability added.
Patch also takes care about mtu change procedure, if PPv2 switch
BM pools during mtu change.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds RXQ flow control configurations.
Flow control disabled by default.
Minimum ring size limited to 1024 descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables global flow control in FW and in the phylink validate mask.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The firmware needs to monitor the RX Non-occupied descriptor
bits for flow control to move to XOFF mode.
These bits need to be unmasked to be functional, but they will
not raise interrupts as we leave the RX exception summary
bit in MVPP2_ISR_RX_TX_MASK_REG clear.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow Control periodic timer would be used if port in
XOFF to transmit periodic XOFF frames.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BM pool and RXQ size increased to support Firmware Flow Control.
Minimum depletion thresholds to support FC are 1024 buffers.
BM pool size increased to 2048 to have some 1024 buffers
space between depletion thresholds and BM pool size.
Jumbo frames require a 9888B buffer, so memory requirements
for data buffers increased from 7MB to 24MB.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add PPv23 version definition.
PPv23 is new packet processor in CP115.
Everything that supported by PPv22, also supported by PPv23.
No functional changes in this stage.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we have PP2v1 and PP2v2 hw-versions, with some different
handlers depending upon condition hw_version = MVPP21/MVPP22.
In a future there will be also PP2v3. Let's use now the generic
"if equal/notEqual MVPP21" for all cases instead of "if MVPP22".
This patch does not change any functionality.
It is not intended to introduce PP2v3.
It just modifies MVPP21/MVPP22 check-condition
bringing it to generic and unified form correct for new-code
introducing and PP2v3 net-next generation.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CM3 memory map.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This entry used when skipping the parser needed,
for example, the custom header pretended to ethernet header.
Suggested-by: Liron Himi <liron@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register set_link_ksetting callback with driver such that
link configurations parameters like advertised mode,speed, duplex
and autoneg can be configured.
below command
ethtool -s eth0 advertise 0x1 speed 10 duplex full autoneg on
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register get_link_ksettings callback to get link status information
from the driver. As virtual function (vf) shares same physical link
same API is used for both the drivers and for loop back drivers
simply returns the fixed values as its does not have physical link.
ethtool eth3
Settings for eth3:
Supported ports: [ ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
10000baseKR/Full
1000baseX/Full
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Supported FEC modes: BaseR RS
Advertised link modes: Not reported
Advertised pause frame use: No
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Advertised FEC modes: None
ethtool lbk0
Settings for lbk0:
Speed: 100000Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX supports setting advertised link modes on physical link.
This patch adds support to derive cgx mode from ethtool
link mode and pass it to firmware to configure the same.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX LMAC, the physical interface support link configuration parameters
like speed, auto negotiation, duplex etc. Firmware saves these into
memory region shared between firmware and this driver.
This patch adds mailbox handler set_link_mode, fw_data_get to
configure and read these parameters.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool support to configure fec modes baser/rs and
support to fecth FEC stats from CGX as well PHY.
Configure fec mode
- ethtool --set-fec eth0 encoding rs/baser/off/auto
Query fec mode
- ethtool --show-fec eth0
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to fetch fec stats from PHY. The stats are
put in the shared data struct fwdata. A PHY driver indicates
that it has FEC stats by setting the flag fwdata.phy.misc.has_fec_stats
Besides CGX_CMD_GET_PHY_FEC_STATS, also add CGX_CMD_PRBS and
CGX_CMD_DISPLAY_EYE to enum cgx_cmd_id so that Linux's enum list is in sync
with firmware's enum list.
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <fmanlunas@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX block supports forward error correction modes baseR
and RS. This patch adds support to set encoding mode
and to read corrected/uncorrected block counters
Adds new mailbox handlers set_fec to configure encoding modes
and fec_stats to read counters and also increase mbox timeout
to accomdate firmware command response timeout.
Along with new CGX_CMD_SET_FEC command add other commands to
sync with kernel enum list with firmware.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pavel pointed that the return of dma_addr_t in
otx2_alloc_rbuf/__otx2_alloc_rbuf() seem suspicious because a negative
error code may be returned in some cases. For a dma_addr_t, the error
code such as -ENOMEM does seem a valid value, so we can't judge if the
buffer allocation fail or not based on that value. Add a parameter for
otx2_alloc_rbuf/__otx2_alloc_rbuf() to store the dma address and make
the return value to indicate if the buffer allocation really fail or
not.
Reported-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexanderduyck@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_alloc_frag_align() will guarantee that a correctly align
buffer address is returned. So use this function to simplify the buffer
alloc and avoid the unnecessary memory waste.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When FLR is initiated for a VF (PCI function level reset),
the parent PF gets a interrupt. PF then sends a message to
admin function (AF), which then cleans up all resources
attached to that VF. This patch adds support to handle
CPT FLR.
Signed-off-by: Narayana Prasad Raju Atherya <pathreya@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Suheil Chandran <schandran@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch changes CPT mailbox message format to
support new block CPT1 in 98xx silicon.
cpt_rd_wr_reg ->
Modify cpt_rd_wr_reg mailbox and its handler to
accommodate new block CPT1.
cpt_lf_alloc ->
Modify cpt_lf_alloc mailbox and its handler to
configure LFs from a block address out of multiple
blocks of same type. If a PF/VF needs to configure
LFs from both the blocks then this mbox should be
called twice.
Signed-off-by: Mahipal Challa <mchalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Last TCAM data contains TCAM enable bit.
It should be written after SRAM data before entry enabled.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1612172139-28343-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
drivers/net/can/dev.c
b552766c87 ("can: dev: prevent potential information leak in can_fill_info()")
3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
0a042c6ec9 ("can: dev: move netlink related code into seperate file")
Code move.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_ethtool.c
57ac4a31c4 ("net/mlx5e: Correctly handle changing the number of queues when the interface is down")
214baf2287 ("net/mlx5e: Support HTB offload")
Adjacent code changes
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
20776b465c ("net: switchdev: don't set port_obj_info->handled true when -EOPNOTSUPP")
ffb68fc58e ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers")
bae33f2b5a ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes")
Transaction parameter gets dropped otherwise keep the fix.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Support SPI and sequence number fields of
ESP/AH header to be hashed for RSS. By default
ESP/AH fields are not considered for RSS and
needs to be set explicitly as below:
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash esp4 sdfn
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash ah4 sdfn
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash esp6 sdfn
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash ah6 sdfn
To disable hashing of ESP fields:
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash esp4 sd
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash ah4 sd
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash esp6 sd
or
ethtool -U eth0 rx-flow-hash ah6 sd
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1611378552-13288-1-git-send-email-sundeep.lkml@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The mvpp2 is an Ethernet driver, and it implements MAC style time
stamping of PTP frames. It has no need of the expensive option to
enable PHY time stamping. Remove the incorrect dependency.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The octeontx2 hardware needs the buffer to be 128 byte aligned.
But in the current implementation of napi_alloc_frag(), it can't
guarantee the return address is 128 byte aligned even the request size
is a multiple of 128 bytes, so we have to request an extra 128 bytes and
use the PTR_ALIGN() to make sure that the buffer is aligned correctly.
Fixes: 7a36e4918e ("octeontx2-pf: Use the napi_alloc_frag() to alloc the pool buffers")
Reported-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121070906.25380-1-haokexin@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/can/dev.c
commit 03f16c5075 ("can: dev: can_restart: fix use after free bug")
commit 3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
Code move.
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_common.c
commit 8e4052c32d ("net: dsa: b53: fix an off by one in checking "vlan->vid"")
commit b7a9e0da2d ("net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects")
Field rename.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-01-16
1) Extend atomic operations to the BPF instruction set along with x86-64 JIT support,
that is, atomic{,64}_{xchg,cmpxchg,fetch_{add,and,or,xor}}, from Brendan Jackman.
2) Add support for using kernel module global variables (__ksym externs in BPF
programs) retrieved via module's BTF, from Andrii Nakryiko.
3) Generalize BPF stackmap's buildid retrieval and add support to have buildid
stored in mmap2 event for perf, from Jiri Olsa.
4) Various fixes for cross-building BPF sefltests out-of-tree which then will
unblock wider automated testing on ARM hardware, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
5) Allow to retrieve SOL_SOCKET opts from sock_addr progs, from Daniel Borkmann.
6) Clean up driver's XDP buffer init and split into two helpers to init per-
descriptor and non-changing fields during processing, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
7) Minor misc improvements to libbpf & bpftool, from Ian Rogers.
* https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (41 commits)
perf: Add build id data in mmap2 event
bpf: Add size arg to build_id_parse function
bpf: Move stack_map_get_build_id into lib
bpf: Document new atomic instructions
bpf: Add tests for new BPF atomic operations
bpf: Add bitwise atomic instructions
bpf: Pull out a macro for interpreting atomic ALU operations
bpf: Add instructions for atomic_[cmp]xchg
bpf: Add BPF_FETCH field / create atomic_fetch_add instruction
bpf: Move BPF_STX reserved field check into BPF_STX verifier code
bpf: Rename BPF_XADD and prepare to encode other atomics in .imm
bpf: x86: Factor out a lookup table for some ALU opcodes
bpf: x86: Factor out emission of REX byte
bpf: x86: Factor out emission of ModR/M for *(reg + off)
tools/bpftool: Add -Wall when building BPF programs
bpf, libbpf: Avoid unused function warning on bpf_tail_call_static
selftests/bpf: Install btf_dump test cases
selftests/bpf: Fix installation of urandom_read
selftests/bpf: Move generated test files to $(TEST_GEN_FILES)
selftests/bpf: Fix out-of-tree build
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210116012922.17823-1-daniel@iogearbox.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In rvu_mbox_handler_cgx_mac_addr_get()
and rvu_mbox_handler_cgx_mac_addr_set(),
the msg is expected only from PFs that are mapped to CGX LMACs.
It should be checked before mapping,
so we add the is_cgx_config_permitted() in the functions.
Fixes: 96be2e0da8 ("octeontx2-af: Support for MAC address filters in CGX")
Signed-off-by: Yingjie Wang <wangyingjie55@126.com>
Reviewed-by: Geetha sowjanya<gakula@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1610719804-35230-1-git-send-email-wangyingjie55@126.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
prestera_bridge_port_vlan_add should have been called with vlan->vid,
however this was masked by the presence of the local vid variable and I
did not notice the build warning.
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Fixes: b7a9e0da2d ("net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210114083556.2274440-1-olteanv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds support to install flow rules using ipv4 proto or
ipv6 next header field to distinguish between tcp/udp/sctp/esp/ah
flows when user doesn't specify the other match creteria related to
the flow such as tcp/udp/sctp source port and destination port, ah/esp
spi value. This is achieved by matching the layer type extracted by
NPC HW into the search key. Modified the driver to use Ethertype as
match criteria when user doesn't specify source IP address and dest
IP address. The esp/ah flow rule matching using security parameter
index (spi) is not supported as of now since the field is not extracted
into MCAM search key. Modified npc_check_field function to return bool.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210111112537.3277-1-naveenm@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Patch didn't fix any issue, just improve parse flow
and align ipv4 parse flow with ipv6 parse flow.
Currently ipv4 kenguru parser first check IP protocol(TCP/UDP)
and then destination IP address.
Patch introduce reverse ipv4 parse, first destination IP address parsed
and only then IP protocol.
This would allow extend capability for packet L4 parsing and align ipv4
parsing flow with ipv6.
Suggested-by: Liron Himi <liron@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1610289059-14962-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Packet Processor hardware not connected to MAC flow control unit and
cannot support TX flow control.
This patch disable flow control support.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1610306582-16641-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d
("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to
drivers").
For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for:
- Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd
implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was
done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only
keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top,
then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase
on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained.
- DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and
multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time
could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further
commit.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell
Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is
done in this patch.
Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum),
the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the
prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev
notifier itself.
Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a
preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch),
that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the
switchdev transactional model.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef78
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b935 ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2 ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1a ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc2
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently the error return paths don't kfree lmac and lmac->name
leading to some memory leaks. Fix this by adding two error return
paths that kfree these objects
Addresses-Coverity: ("Resource leak")
Fixes: 1463f382f5 ("octeontx2-af: Add support for CGX link management")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210107123916.189748-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The error message says that "Jumbo frames are not supported on XDP", but
the code checks for mtu > MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE, not mtu > 1500.
Fix this error message.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Fixes: 0db51da7a8 ("net: mvneta: add basic XDP support")
Cc: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210105172333.21613-1-kabel@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Hardware supports 8 RSS groups per interface. Currently we are using
only group '0'. This patch allows user to create new RSS groups/contexts
and use the same as destination for flow steering rules.
usage:
To steer the traffic to RQ 2,3
ethtool -X eth0 weight 0 0 1 1 context new
(It will print the allocated context id number)
New RSS context is 1
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type tcp4 dst-port 80 context 1 loc 1
To delete the context
ethtool -X eth0 context 1 delete
When an RSS context is removed, the active classification
rules using this context are also removed.
Change-log:
v4
- Fixed compiletime warning.
- Address Saeed's comments on v3.
v3
- Coverted otx2_set_rxfh() to use new function.
v2
- Removed unrelated whitespace
- Coverted otx2_get_rxfh() to use new function.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kzalloc rather than kcalloc(1,...)
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
@@
- kcalloc(1,
+ kzalloc(
...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Yongjun <zhengyongjun3@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet coalescing interrupt threshold has separated registers
for different aggregated/cpu (sw-thread). The required value should
be loaded for every thread but not only for 1 current cpu.
Fixes: 213f428f50 ("net: mvpp2: add support for TX interrupts and RX queue distribution modes")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1608748521-11033-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When mvneta_port_power_up() fails, we should execute
cleanup functions after label err_netdev to avoid memleak.
Fixes: 41c2b6b4f0 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Add back interface mode validation")
Signed-off-by: Dinghao Liu <dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201220082930.21623-1-dinghao.liu@zju.edu.cn
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
During GoP port 2 Networking Complex Control mode of operation configurations,
also GoP port 3 mode of operation was wrongly set.
Patch removes these configurations.
Fixes: f84bf386f3 ("net: mvpp2: initialize the GoP")
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1608462149-1702-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Current PPPoE+IPv6 entry is jumping to 'next-hdr'
field and not to 'DIP' field as done for IPv4.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Reported-by: Liron Himi <lironh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1608230266-22111-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Issue:
Flow control frame used to pause GoP(MAC) was delivered to the CPU
and created a load on the CPU. Since XOFF/XON frames are used only
by MAC, these frames should be dropped inside MAC.
Fix:
According to 802.3-2012 - IEEE Standard for Ethernet pause frame
has unique destination MAC address 01-80-C2-00-00-01.
Add TCAM parser entry to track and drop pause frames by destination MAC.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1608229817-21951-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Force link UP can be enabled by bootloader during tftpboot
and breaks NFS support.
Force link UP disabled during port init procedure.
Fixes: f84bf386f3 ("net: mvpp2: initialize the GoP")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1608216735-14501-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently the check for an unmap PF error is always going to be false
because intr_val is a 32 bit int and is being bit-mask checked against
1ULL << 32. Fix this by making intr_val a u64 to match the type at it
is copied from, namely npa_event_context->npa_af_rvu_ge.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Operands don't affect result")
Fixes: f1168d1e20 ("octeontx2-af: Add devlink health reporters for NPA")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201216123604.15369-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add devlink support to AF driver. Basic devlink support is added.
Currently info_get is the only supported devlink ops.
devlink ouptput looks like this
# devlink dev
pci/0002:01:00.0
# devlink dev info
pci/0002:01:00.0:
driver octeontx2-af
#
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
xdp_return_frame_bulk() needs to pass a xdp_buff
to __xdp_return().
strlcpy got converted to strscpy but here it makes no
functional difference, so just keep the right code.
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 501ef3066c ("net: marvell: prestera: Add driver for Prestera family ASIC devices")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1607071782-34006-1-git-send-email-zhangchangzhong@huawei.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-12-03
The main changes are:
1) Support BTF in kernel modules, from Andrii.
2) Introduce preferred busy-polling, from Björn.
3) bpf_ima_inode_hash() and bpf_bprm_opts_set() helpers, from KP Singh.
4) Memcg-based memory accounting for bpf objects, from Roman.
5) Allow bpf_{s,g}etsockopt from cgroup bind{4,6} hooks, from Stanislav.
* https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (118 commits)
selftests/bpf: Fix invalid use of strncat in test_sockmap
libbpf: Use memcpy instead of strncpy to please GCC
selftests/bpf: Add fentry/fexit/fmod_ret selftest for kernel module
selftests/bpf: Add tp_btf CO-RE reloc test for modules
libbpf: Support attachment of BPF tracing programs to kernel modules
libbpf: Factor out low-level BPF program loading helper
bpf: Allow to specify kernel module BTFs when attaching BPF programs
bpf: Remove hard-coded btf_vmlinux assumption from BPF verifier
selftests/bpf: Add CO-RE relocs selftest relying on kernel module BTF
selftests/bpf: Add support for marking sub-tests as skipped
selftests/bpf: Add bpf_testmod kernel module for testing
libbpf: Add kernel module BTF support for CO-RE relocations
libbpf: Refactor CO-RE relocs to not assume a single BTF object
libbpf: Add internal helper to load BTF data by FD
bpf: Keep module's btf_data_size intact after load
bpf: Fix bpf_put_raw_tracepoint()'s use of __module_address()
selftests/bpf: Add Userspace tests for TCP_WINDOW_CLAMP
bpf: Adds support for setting window clamp
samples/bpf: Fix spelling mistake "recieving" -> "receiving"
bpf: Fix cold build of test_progs-no_alu32
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201204021936.85653-1-alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOENT from invalid configuration
error handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201203141806.37966-1-wanghai38@huawei.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
These debugfs never return NULL so all this code will never be run.
In the normal case, (and in this case particularly), the debugfs
functions are not supposed to be checked for errors so all this error
checking code can be safely deleted.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/X8c6vpapJDYI2eWI@mwanda
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add napi_id to the xdp_rxq_info structure, and make sure the XDP
socket pick up the napi_id in the Rx path. The napi_id is used to find
the corresponding NAPI structure for socket busy polling.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201130185205.196029-7-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Build skb_shared_info on mvneta_rx_swbm stack and sync it to xdp_buff
skb_shared_info area only on the last fragment. Leftover cache miss in
mvneta_swbm_rx_frame will be addressed introducing mb bit in
xdp_buff/xdp_frame struct
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pass skb_shared_info pointer from mvneta_xdp_put_buff caller. This is a
preliminary patch to reduce accesses to skb_shared_info area and reduce
cache misses.
Remove napi parameter in mvneta_xdp_put_buff signature since it is always
run in NAPI context
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tx/Rx FIFO is a HW resource limited by total size, but shared
by all ports of same CP110 and impacting port-performance.
Do not divide the FIFO for ports which are not enabled in DTS,
so active ports could have more FIFO.
No change in FIFO allocation if all 3 ports on the communication
processor enabled in DTS.
The active port mapping should be done in probe before FIFO-init.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1606154073-28267-1-git-send-email-stefanc@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
linux/netdevice.h is included in very many places, touching any
of its dependecies causes large incremental builds.
Drop the linux/ethtool.h include, linux/netdevice.h just needs
a forward declaration of struct ethtool_ops.
Fix all the places which made use of this implicit include.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201120225052.1427503-1-kuba@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support to choose RSS flow key algorithm with IPv4 transport protocol
field included in hashing input data. This will be enabled by default.
There-by enabling 3/5 tuple hash
Signed-off-by: Sunil Kovvuri Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201120093906.2873616-1-george.cherian@marvell.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call to pc_delete_flow can kfree the iter object, so the following
dev_err message that accesses iter->entry can accessmemory that has
just been kfree'd. Fix this by adding a temporary variable 'entry'
that has a copy of iter->entry and also use this when indexing into
the array mcam->entry2target_pffunc[]. Also print the unsigned value
using the %u format specifier rather than %d.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Read from pointer after free")
Fixes: 55307fcb92 ("octeontx2-af: Add mbox messages to install and delete MCAM rules")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201118143803.463297-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently the variable err may be uninitialized if several of the if
statements are not executed in function nix_tx_vtag_decfg and a garbage
value in err is returned. Fix this by initialized ret at the start of
the function.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Fixes: 9a946def26 ("octeontx2-af: Modify nix_vtag_cfg mailbox to support TX VTAG entries")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201118132502.461098-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The shifting of the u16 result from ntohs(proto) by 16 bits to the
left will be promoted to a 32 bit signed int and then sign-extended
to a u64. In the event that the top bit of the return from ntohs(proto)
is set then all then all the upper 32 bits of a 64 bit long end up as
also being set because of the sign-extension. Fix this by casting to
a u64 long before the shift.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unintended sign extension")
Fixes: f0c2982aaf ("octeontx2-pf: Add support for SR-IOV management function")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201118130520.460365-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On OcteonTX2 SoC, the admin function (AF) is the only one with all
priviliges to configure HW and alloc resources, PFs and it's VFs
have to request AF via mailbox for all their needs. This patch adds
a mailbox interface for CPT PFs and VFs to allocate resources
for cryptography. It also adds hardware CPT AF register defines.
Signed-off-by: Suheil Chandran <schandran@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Bartosik <lbartosik@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On OcteonTX2 platform CPT instruction enqueue and NIX
packet send are only possible via LMTST operations which
uses LDEOR instruction. This patch moves lmt flush
function from OcteonTX2 nic driver to include/linux/soc
since it will be used by OcteonTX2 CPT and NIC driver for
LMTST.
Signed-off-by: Suheil Chandran <schandran@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Srujana Challa <schalla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since mailbox message for installing flows is in place,
remove the RXVLAN_ALLOC mbox message which is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch introduces new mailbox mesages to retrieve a given
MCAM entry or base flow steering rule of a VF installed by its
parent PF. This helps while updating the existing MCAM rules
with out re-framing the whole mailbox request again. The INSTALL
FLOW mailbox consumer can read-modify-write the existing entry.
Similarly while installing new flow rules for a VF, the base
flow steering rule match creteria is copied to the new flow rule
and the deltas are appended to the new rule.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vattunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vattunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch handles the VF mac address changes as given below.
1. mac addr configrued by VF will be retained until VF module unload.
2. mac addr configred by PF for VF will be retained until power cycle.
3. mac addr confgired by PF for its VF can't be overwritten by VF.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds support for ndo_set_vf_mac, ndo_set_vf_vlan
and ndo_get_vf_config handlers. The traffic redirection
based on the VF mac address or vlan id is done by installing
MCAM rules. Reserved RX_VTAG_TYPE7 in each NIXLF for VF VLAN
which strips the VLAN tag from ingress VLAN traffic. The NIX PF
allocates two MCAM entries for VF VLAN feature, one used for
ingress VTAG strip and another entry for egress VTAG insertion.
This patch also updates the MAC address in PF installed VF VLAN
rule upon receiving nix_lf_start_rx mbox request for VF since
Administrative Function driver will assign a valid MAC addr
in nix_lf_start_rx function.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Co-developed-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch implements egress VLAN offload by appending NIX_SEND_EXT_S
header to NIX_SEND_HDR_S. The VLAN TCI information is specified
in the NIX_SEND_EXT_S. The VLAN offload in the ingress path is
implemented by configuring the NIX_RX_VTAG_ACTION_S to strip and
capture the outer vlan fields. The NIX PF allocates one MCAM entry
for Rx VLAN offload.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch modifies the existing nix_vtag_config mailbox message
to allocate and free TX VTAG entries as requested by a NIX PF.
The TX VTAG entries are global resource that shared by all PFs
and each entry specifies the size of VTAG to insert and the VTAG
header data to insert. The mailbox response contains the entry
index which is used by mailbox requester in configuring the
NPC_TX_VTAG_ACTION for any MCAM entry.
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vattunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add debugfs support to dump the MCAM rules installed using
NPC_INSTALL_FLOW mbox message. Debugfs file can display mcam
entry, counter if any, flow type and counter hits.
Ethtool will dump the ntuple flows related to the PF only.
The debugfs file gives systemwide view of the MCAM rules
installed by all the PF's.
Below is the example output when the debugfs file is read:
~ # mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
~ # cat /sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/npc/mcam_rules
Installed by: PF1
direction: RX
mcam entry: 227
udp source port 23 mask 0xffff
Forward to: PF1 VF0
action: Direct to queue 0
enabled: yes
counter: 1
hits: 0
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add unicast MAC address filtering support using install flow
message. Total of 8 MCAM entries are allocated for adding
unicast mac filtering rules. If the MCAM allocation fails,
the unicast filtering support will not be advertised.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds support for adding and deleting ethtool ntuple
filters. The filters for ether, ipv4, ipv6, tcp, udp and sctp
are supported. The mask is also supported. The supported actions
are drop and direct to a queue. Additionally we support FLOW_EXT
field vlan_tci and FLOW_MAC_EXT.
The NIX PF will allocate total 32 MCAM entries for the use of
ethtool ntuple filters. The Administrative Function(AF) will
install/delete the MCAM rules when NIX PF sends mailbox message
to install/delete the ntuple filters.
Ethtool ntuple filters support is restricted to PFs as of now
and PF can install ntuple filters to direct the traffic to its
VFs. Hence added a separate callback for VFs to get/set RSS
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Added new mailbox messages to install and delete MCAM rules.
These mailbox messages will be used for adding/deleting ethtool
n-tuple filters by NIX PF. The installed MCAM rules are stored
in a list that will be traversed later to delete the MCAM entries
when the interface is brought down or when PCIe FLR is received.
The delete mailbox supports deleting a single MCAM entry or range
of entries or all the MCAM entries owned by the pcifunc. Each MCAM
entry can be associated with a HW match stat entry if the mailbox
requester wants to check the hit count for debugging.
Modified adding default unicast DMAC match rule using install
flow API. The default unicast DMAC match entry installed by
Administrative Function is saved and can be changed later by the
mailbox user to fit additional fields, or the default MCAM entry
rule action can be used for other flow rules installed later.
Modified rvu_mbox_handler_nix_lf_free mailbox to add a flag to
disable or delete the MCAM entries. The MCAM entries are disabled
when the interface is brought down and deleted in FLR handler.
The disabled MCAM entries will be re-enabled when the interface
is brought up again.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Key Extraction(KEX) profile decides how the packet metadata such as
layer information and selected packet data bytes at each layer are
placed in MCAM search key. This patch reads the configured KEX profile
parameters to find out the bit position and bit mask for each field.
The information is used when programming the MCAM match data by SW
to match a packet flow and take appropriate action on the flow. This
patch also verifies the mandatory fields such as channel and DMAC
are not overwritten by the KEX configuration of other fields.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds support to verify the channel number sent by
mailbox requester before writing MCAM entry for Ingress packets.
Similarly for Egress packets, verifying the PF_FUNC sent by the
mailbox user.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar K <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The current default Key Extraction(KEX) profile can only use RX
packet fields while generating the MCAM search key. The profile
can't be used for matching TX packet fields. This patch modifies
the default KEX profile to add support for extracting TX packet
fields into MCAM search key. Enabled Tx KPU packet parsing by
configuring TX PKIND in tx_parse_cfg.
Modified the KEX profile to extract 2 bytes of VLAN TCI from an
offset of 2 bytes from LB_PTR. The LB_PTR points to the byte offset
where the VLAN header starts. The NPC KPU parser profile has been
modified to point LB_PTR to the starting byte offset of VLAN header
which points to the tpid field.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Mamindlapalli <naveenm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Recycle the page running page_pool_put_full_page() in
mvneta_swbm_add_rx_fragment routine when the last descriptor
contains just the FCS or if the received packet contains more than
MAX_SKB_FRAGS fragments
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/df6a2bad70323ee58d3901491ada31c1ca2a40b9.1605291228.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-11-14
1) Add BTF generation for kernel modules and extend BTF infra in kernel
e.g. support for split BTF loading and validation, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Support for pointers beyond pkt_end to recognize LLVM generated patterns
on inlined branch conditions, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Implements bpf_local_storage for task_struct for BPF LSM, from KP Singh.
4) Enable FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP tracing program to use the bpf_sk_storage
infra, from Martin KaFai Lau.
5) Add XDP bulk APIs that introduce a defer/flush mechanism to optimize the
XDP_REDIRECT path, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
6) Fix a potential (although rather theoretical) deadlock of hashtab in NMI
context, from Song Liu.
7) Fixes for cross and out-of-tree build of bpftool and runqslower allowing build
for different target archs on same source tree, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
8) Fix error path in htab_map_alloc() triggered from syzbot, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Move functionality from test_tcpbpf_user into the test_progs framework so it
can run in BPF CI, from Alexander Duyck.
10) Lift hashtab key_size limit to be larger than MAX_BPF_STACK, from Florian Lehner.
Note that for the fix from Song we have seen a sparse report on context
imbalance which requires changes in sparse itself for proper annotation
detection where this is currently being discussed on linux-sparse among
developers [0]. Once we have more clarification/guidance after their fix,
Song will follow-up.
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-sparse/CAHk-=wh4bx8A8dHnX612MsDO13st6uzAz1mJ1PaHHVevJx_ZCw@mail.gmail.com/T/https://lore.kernel.org/linux-sparse/20201109221345.uklbp3lzgq6g42zb@ltop.local/T/
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (66 commits)
net: mlx5: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: mvpp2: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: mvneta: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: page_pool: Add bulk support for ptr_ring
net: xdp: Introduce bulking for xdp tx return path
bpf: Expose bpf_d_path helper to sleepable LSM hooks
bpf: Augment the set of sleepable LSM hooks
bpf: selftest: Use bpf_sk_storage in FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP
bpf: Allow using bpf_sk_storage in FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP
bpf: Rename some functions in bpf_sk_storage
bpf: Folding omem_charge() into sk_storage_charge()
selftests/bpf: Add asm tests for pkt vs pkt_end comparison.
selftests/bpf: Add skb_pkt_end test
bpf: Support for pointers beyond pkt_end.
tools/bpf: Always run the *-clean recipes
tools/bpf: Add bootstrap/ to .gitignore
bpf: Fix NULL dereference in bpf_task_storage
tools/bpftool: Fix build slowdown
tools/runqslower: Build bpftool using HOSTCC
tools/runqslower: Enable out-of-tree build
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201114020819.29584-1-daniel@iogearbox.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 4c2703dfd7 ("net: marvell: prestera: Add PCI interface support")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Hai <wanghai38@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Acked-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113113236.71678-1-wanghai38@huawei.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In function ‘strncpy’,
inlined from ‘sky2_name’ at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.c:4903:3,
inlined from ‘sky2_probe’ at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.c:5049:2:
./include/linux/string.h:297:30: warning: ‘__builtin_strncpy’ specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Wstringop-truncation]
None of the device names are 16 characters long, so it was never an
issue. But replace the strncpy with an snprintf() to prevent the
theoretical overflow.
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201110023222.1479398-1-andrew@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
With CONFIG_BRIDGE=m the compilation fails:
ld: drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/prestera/prestera_switchdev.o: in function `prestera_bridge_port_event':
prestera_switchdev.c:(.text+0x2ebd): undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
in case the driver is statically enabled.
Fix it by adding 'BRIDGE || BRIDGE=n' dependency.
Fixes: e1189d9a5f ("net: marvell: prestera: Add Switchdev driver implementation")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201106161128.24069-1-vadym.kochan@plvision.eu
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
An incorrect sizeof() is being used, sizeof(u64 *) is not correct,
it should be sizeof(*sq->sqb_ptrs).
Addresses-Coverity: ("Sizeof not portable (SIZEOF_MISMATCH)")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201102134601.698436-1-colin.king@canonical.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Unlike earlier silicon variants, OcteonTx2 98xx
silicon has 2 NIX blocks and each of the CGX is
mapped to either of the NIX blocks. Each NIX
block supports 100G. Mapping btw NIX blocks and
CGX is done by firmware based on CGX speed config
to have a maximum possible network bandwidth.
Since the mapping is not fixed, it's difficult
for a user to figure out. Hence added a debugfs
entry which displays mapping between CGX LMAC,
NIX block and RVU PF.
Sample result of this entry ::
~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/rvu_pf_cgx_map
PCI dev RVU PF Func NIX block CGX LMAC
0002:02:00.0 0x400 NIX0 CGX0 LMAC0
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If NIX1 block is also implemented then add a new
directory for NIX1 in debugfs root. Stats of
NIX1 block can be read/writen from/to the files
in directory "/sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/nix1/".
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
CGX links are followed by LBK links but number of
CGX and LBK links varies between platforms. Hence
get the number of links present in hardware from
AF and use it to calculate LBK link number.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch puts together all mailbox changes
for 98xx silicon:
Attach ->
Modify resource attach mailbox handler to
request LFs from a block address out of multiple
blocks of same type. If a PF/VF need LFs from two
blocks of same type then attach mbox should be
called twice.
Example:
struct rsrc_attach *attach;
.. Allocate memory for message ..
attach->cptlfs = 3; /* 3 LFs from CPT0 */
.. Send message ..
.. Allocate memory for message ..
attach->modify = 1;
attach->cpt_blkaddr = BLKADDR_CPT1;
attach->cptlfs = 2; /* 2 LFs from CPT1 */
.. Send message ..
Detach ->
Update detach mailbox and its handler to detach
resources from CPT1 and NIX1 blocks.
MSIX ->
Updated the MSIX mailbox and its handler to return
MSIX offsets for the new block CPT1.
Free resources ->
Update free_rsrc mailbox and its handler to return
the free resources count of new blocks NIX1 and CPT1
Links ->
Number of CGX,LBK and SDP links may vary between
platforms. For example, in 98xx number of CGX and LBK
links are more than 96xx. Hence the info about number
of links present in hardware is useful for consumers to
request link configuration properly. This patch sends
this info in nix_lf_alloc_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On 98xx silicon, NPC block has additional
mcam entries, counters and NIX1 interfaces.
Extended set of registers are present for the
new mcam entries and counters.
This patch does the following:
- updates the register accessing macros
to use extended set if present.
- configures the MKEX profile for NIX1 interfaces also.
- updates mcam entry write functions to use assigned
NIX0/1 interfaces for the PF/VF.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Initialize MCE context for the assigned NIX0/1
block for a CGX mapped PF. Modified rvu_nix_aq_enq_inst
function to work with nix_hw so that MCE contexts
for both NIX blocks can be inited.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Firmware configures NIX block mapping for all CGXs
to achieve maximum throughput. This patch reads
the configuration and create mapping between RVU
PF and NIX blocks. And for LBK VFs assign NIX0 for
even numbered VFs and NIX1 for odd numbered VFs.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch modifies NIX functions to operate
with nix_hw context so that existing functions
can be used for both NIX0 and NIX1 blocks. And
the NIX blocks present in the system are initialized
during driver init and freed during exit.
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
AF manages the tasks of allocating, freeing
LFs from RVU blocks to PF and VFs. With new
NIX1 and CPT1 blocks in 98xx, this patch
adds support for handling new blocks too.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since multiple blocks of same type are present in
98xx, modify functions which get resource count and
which update resource count to work with individual
block address instead of block type.
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Rejecting non-native endian BTF overlapped with the addition
of support for it.
The rest were more simple overlapping changes, except the
renesas ravb binding update, which had to follow a file
move as well as a YAML conversion.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clang static analysis reports this problem:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3465:2: warning:
Attempt to free released memory
kfree(txq->buf);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
When mvneta_txq_sw_init() fails to alloc txq->tso_hdrs,
it frees without poisoning txq->buf. The error is caught
in the mvneta_setup_txqs() caller which handles the error
by cleaning up all of the txqs with a call to
mvneta_txq_sw_deinit which also frees txq->buf.
Since mvneta_txq_sw_deinit is a general cleaner, all of the
partial cleaning in mvneta_txq_sw_deinit()'s error handling
is not needed.
Fixes: 2adb719d74 ("net: mvneta: Implement software TSO")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mbox implementation in octeontx2 driver has three states
alloc, send and reset in mbox response. VF allocate and
sends message to PF for processing, PF ACKs them back and
reset the mbox memory. In some case we see synchronization
issue where after msgs_acked is incremented and before
mbox_reset API is called, if current execution is scheduled
out and a different thread is scheduled in which checks for
msgs_acked. Since the new thread sees msgs_acked == msgs_sent
it will try to allocate a new message and to send a new mbox
message to PF.Now if mbox_reset is scheduled in, PF will see
'0' in msgs_send.
This patch fixes the issue by calling mbox_reset before
incrementing msgs_acked flag for last processing message and
checks for valid message size.
Fixes: d424b6c02 ("octeontx2-pf: Enable SRIOV and added VF mbox handling")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in otx2_open on failure of nix_lf_start
transmit queues are not stopped which are already
started in link_event. Since the tx queues are not
stopped network stack still try's to send the packets
leading to driver crash while access the device resources.
Fixes: 50fe6c02e ("octeontx2-pf: Register and handle link notifications")
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TCP/UDP checksum offload feature in Octeontx2
expects L3TYPE to be set irrespective of IP header
checksum is being offloaded or not. Currently for
IPv6 frames L3TYPE is not being set resulting in
packet drop with checksum error. This patch fixes
this issue.
Fixes: 3ca6c4c88 ("octeontx2-pf: Add packet transmission support")
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packet replication feature present in Octeontx2
is a hardware linked list of PF and its VF
interfaces so that broadcast packets are sent
to all interfaces present in the list. It is
driver job to add and delete a PF/VF interface
to/from the list when the interface is brought
up and down. This patch fixes the
npc_enadis_default_entries function to handle
broadcast replication properly if packet replication
feature is present.
Fixes: 40df309e41 ("octeontx2-af: Support to enable/disable default MCAM entries")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use rx_desc pointers if possible since rx descriptors are stored in
uncached memory and dereferencing rx_desc pointers generate extra loads.
This patch improves XDP_DROP performance of ~ 110Kpps (700Kpps vs 590Kpps)
on Marvell Espressobin
Analyzed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for NAT-T-ESP to KPU parser configuration. NAT ESP is a UDP
based protocol. So move ESP to LE so that both UDP and ESP can be
extracted.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar K <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 fragmented packet may not contain completed layer 4 information.
So stop KPU parsing after setting ipv6 fragmentation flag.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Ayarekar <aayarekar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added some IPv6 protocol fields to the default MKEX profile.
They include everything from the beginning of IP header and up to
source address. The pattern occupies full KW2 in MCAM entry.
Only one out of two LD registers for this protocol is used.
Signed-off-by: Vidhya Vidhyaraman <vraman@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KPU profile interpret Extended DSA and eDSA by looking source dev. This
was incorrect and it restricts to use few source device ids and also
created confusion while parsing regular DSA tag. With below patch lookup
was based on bit 12 of Word0. This is always zero for DSA tag and it
should be one for Extended DSA and eDSA.
Signed-off-by: Satha Rao <skoteshwar@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera switches supports distributed switch architecture
by inserting Forward DSA tag of 4 bytes right after ethernet SMAC.
This tag don't have a tpid field.
This patch provides parser and extraction support for the same.
Default ldata extraction profile added for FDSA such that Src_port
is extracted and placed inplace of vlanid field. Like extended DSA
and eDSA tags,a special PKIND of 62 is used for this tag.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Kelam <hkelam@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor KPU related NPC code gathering all configuration data in a
structured format and putting it in one place (npc_profile.h).
This increases readability and makes it easier to extend the profile
configuration (as opposed to jumping between multiple header and source
files).
To do this:
* Gather all KPU profile related data into a single adapter struct.
* Convert the built-in MKEX definition to a structured one to streamline
the MKEX loading.
* Convert LT default register configuration into a structure, keeping
default protocol settings in same file where identifiers for those
protocols are defined.
* Add a single point for KPU profile loading, so that its source may
change in the future once proper interfaces for loading such config
are in place.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since LD contains LTYPE definitions tweaked toward efficient
NIX_AF_RX_FLOW_KEY_ALG(0..31)_FIELD(0..4) usage, the original location
of NPC_LT_LD_CUSTOM0/1 was aliased with MPLS_IN_* definitions.
Moving custom frame to value 6 and 7 removes the aliasing at the cost of
custom frames being also considered when TCP/UDP RSS algo is configured.
However since the goal of CUSTOM frames is to classify them to a
separate set of RQs, this cost is acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices support two variants of the D3 power state: D3hot (main power
present) D3cold (main power removed). Previously struct pci_dev contained:
unsigned int d3_delay; /* D3->D0 transition time in ms */
unsigned int d3cold_delay; /* D3cold->D0 transition time in ms */
"d3_delay" refers specifically to the D3hot state. Rename it to
"d3hot_delay" to avoid ambiguity and align with the ACPI "_DSM for
Specifying Device Readiness Durations" in the PCI Firmware spec r3.2,
sec 4.6.9.
There is no change to the functionality.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730210848.1578826-1-kw@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczyński <kw@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Try to recycle the xdp tx buffer into the in-irq page_pool cache if
mvneta_txq_bufs_free is executed in the NAPI context for XDP_TX use case
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_main.c:7084:36: warning: ‘mvpp2_acpi_match’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
7084 | static const struct acpi_device_id mvpp2_acpi_match[] = {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Wrap the definition inside #ifdef/#endif.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to control rx-flow-hash based on VLAN.
By default VLAN plus 4-tuple based hashing is enabled.
Changes can be done runtime using ethtool
To enable 2-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdv
To enable 4-tuple plus VLAN based flow distribution
# ethtool -N <intf> rx-flow-hash <prot> sdfnv
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for PF/VF drivers to choose RSS flow key algorithm
with VLAN tag included in hashing input data. Only CTAG is considered.
Signed-off-by: George Cherian <george.cherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With tracepoints support present in the mailbox
code this patch adds tracepoints in PF and VF drivers
at places where mailbox messages are allocated,
sent and at message interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added tracepoints in mailbox code so that
the mailbox operations like message allocation,
sending message and message interrupts are traced.
Also the mailbox errors occurred like timeout
or wrong responses are traced.
These will help in debugging mailbox issues.
Here's an example output showing one of the mailbox
messages sent by PF to AF and AF responding to it:
~# mount -t tracefs none /sys/kernel/tracing/
~# echo 1 > /sys/kernel/tracing/events/rvu/enable
~# ifconfig eth0 up
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
~# cat /sys/kernel/tracing/trace
tracer: nop
_-----=> irqs-off
/ _----=> need-resched
| / _---=> hardirq/softirq
|| / _--=> preempt-depth
||| / delay
TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
| | | |||| | |
ifconfig-2382 [002] .... 756.161892: otx2_msg_alloc: [0002:02:00.0] msg:(0x400) size:40
ifconfig-2382 [002] ...1 756.161895: otx2_msg_send: [0002:02:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:48
<idle>-0 [000] d.h1 756.161902: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:01:00.0] mbox interrupt PF(s) to AF (0x2)
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] .... 756.162049: otx2_msg_process: [0002:01:00.0] msg:(0x400) error:0
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] ...1 756.162051: otx2_msg_send: [0002:01:00.0] sent 1 msg(s) of size:32
kworker/u49:0-1165 [000] d.h. 756.162056: otx2_msg_interrupt: [0002:02:00.0] mbox interrupt AF to PF (0x1)
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:754:6: warning:
variable 'dummy' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
754 | u32 dummy;
| ^~~~~
This variable is not used in function mvneta_mib_counters_clear(), so
remove it to avoid build warning.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid copying skb_shared_info frags array in mvneta_swbm_build_skb() since
__build_skb_around() does not overwrite it
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recycle the received page into the page_pool cache if the dma descriptors
arrived in a wrong order
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool API provides support for the configuration of the following
features: speed and duplex, auto-negotiation, MDI-x, forward error
correction, port media type. The API also provides information about the
port status, hardware and software statistic. The following limitation
exists:
- port media type should be configured before speed setting
- ethtool -m option is not supported
- ethtool -p option is not supported
- ethtool -r option is supported for RJ45 port only
- the following combination of parameters is not supported:
ethtool -s sw1pX port XX autoneg on
- forward error correction feature is supported only on SFP ports, 10G
speed
- auto-negotiation and MDI-x features are not supported on
Copper-to-Fiber SFP module
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add very basic support for devlink interface:
- driver name
- fw version
- devlink ports
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PCI interface driver for Prestera Switch ASICs family devices, which
provides:
- Firmware loading mechanism
- Requests & events handling to/from the firmware
- Access to the firmware on the bus level
The firmware has to be loaded each time the device is reset. The driver
is loading it from:
/lib/firmware/mrvl/prestera/mvsw_prestera_fw-v{MAJOR}.{MINOR}.img
The full firmware image version is located within the internal header
and consists of 3 numbers - MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH. Additionally, driver has
hard-coded minimum supported firmware version which it can work with:
MAJOR - reflects the support on ABI level between driver and loaded
firmware, this number should be the same for driver and loaded
firmware.
MINOR - this is the minimum supported version between driver and the
firmware.
PATCH - indicates only fixes, firmware ABI is not changed.
Firmware image file name contains only MAJOR and MINOR numbers to make
driver be compatible with any PATCH version.
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell Prestera 98DX326x integrates up to 24 ports of 1GbE with 8
ports of 10GbE uplinks or 2 ports of 40Gbps stacking for a largely
wireless SMB deployment.
The current implementation supports only boards designed for the Marvell
Switchdev solution and requires special firmware.
The core Prestera switching logic is implemented in prestera_main.c,
there is an intermediate hw layer between core logic and firmware. It is
implemented in prestera_hw.c, the purpose of it is to encapsulate hw
related logic, in future there is a plan to support more devices with
different HW related configurations.
This patch contains only basic switch initialization and RX/TX support
over SDMA mechanism.
Currently supported devices have DMA access range <= 32bit and require
ZONE_DMA to be enabled, for such cases SDMA driver checks if the skb
allocated in proper range supported by the Prestera device.
Also meanwhile there is no TX interrupt support in current firmware
version so recycling work is scheduled on each xmit.
Port's mac address is generated from the switch base mac which may be
provided via device-tree (static one or as nvme cell), or randomly
generated. This is required by the firmware.
Co-developed-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Andrii Savka <andrii.savka@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Boiko <serhiy.boiko@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Serhiy Pshyk <serhiy.pshyk@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Taras Chornyi <taras.chornyi@plvision.eu>
Co-developed-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Mytnyk <volodymyr.mytnyk@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: Vadym Kochan <vadym.kochan@plvision.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following W=1 kernel build warning(s):
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/pxa168_eth.c:1190:6: warning:
variable 'retval' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
1190 | int retval;
| ^~~~~~
Function pxa168_eth_change_mtu() always return zero, so variable 'retval'
is redundant, just remove it.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Richard Cochran points out that SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS should be set when
the skbuff is queued for timestamping. Add this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are never modified, so constify them to allow the compiler to
place them in read-only memory. This moves about 25kB to read-only
memory as seen by the output of the size command.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
296203 65464 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
321003 40664 1248 362915 589a3 drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/octeontx2_af.ko
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the functions mvpp2_isr_handle_xlg() and
mvpp2_isr_handle_gmac_internal(), the bool variable link is assigned a
true value in the case that a given bit of val is set. However, if the
bit is unset, no value is assigned to link and it is then passed to
mvpp2_isr_handle_link() without being initialised. Fix by assigning to
link the value of the bit test.
Build-tested on x86.
Fixes: 36cfd3a6e5 ("net: mvpp2: restructure "link status" interrupt handling")
Signed-off-by: Alex Dewar <alex.dewar90@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release first buffer as last one since it contains references
to subsequent fragments. This code will be optimized introducing
multi-buffer bit in xdp_buff structure.
Fixes: ca0e014609 ("net: mvneta: move skb build after descriptors processing")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove mvneta_stats from mvneta_swbm_rx_frame signature since now stats
are accounted in mvneta_run_xdp routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to easily change the rx buffer size, rely on
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE instead of PAGE_SIZE in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame
routine for rx buffer split. Currently this is not an issue since we set
MVNETA_MAX_RX_BUF_SIZE to PAGE_SIZE - MVNETA_SKB_PAD but it is a good to
have to configure a different rx buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for timestamping transmit packets. We allocate SYNC
messages to queue 1, every other message to queue 0.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for receive timestamping. When enabled, the hardware adds
a timestamp into the receive queue descriptor for all received packets
with no filtering. Hence, we can only support NONE or ALL receive
filter modes.
The timestamp in the receive queue contains two bit sof seconds and
the full nanosecond timestamp. This has to be merged with the remainder
of the seconds from the TAI clock to arrive at a full timestamp before
we can convert it to a ktime for the skb hardware timestamp field.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TAI block in the mvpp2.2 hardware.
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the first level interrupt status registers to determine how to
further process the port interrupt. We will need this to know whether
to invoke the link status processing and/or the PTP processing for
both XLG and GMAC.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link interrupt is used for way more than just the link status; it
comes from a collection of units to do with the port. The Marvell
documentation describes the interrupt as "GOP port X interrupt".
Since we are adding PTP support, and the PTP interrupt uses this,
rename it to be more inline with the documentation.
This interrupt is also mis-named in the DT binding, but we leave that
alone.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "link status" interrupt is used for more than just link status.
Restructure mvpp2_link_status_isr() so we can add additional handling.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because clk_prepare_enable() and clk_disable_unprepare() already checked
NULL clock parameter, so the additional checks are unnecessary, just
remove them.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Changzhong <zhangchangzhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We got slightly different patches removing a double word
in a comment in net/ipv4/raw.c - picked the version from net.
Simple conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/ibm/ibmvnic.c. Use cached
values instead of VNIC login response buffer (following what
commit 507ebe6444 ("ibmvnic: Fix use-after-free of VNIC login
response buffer") did).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Split the XLG and GMAC PCS implementations and switch between them
during the mac_prepare() method.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to phylink's new pcs support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the GMAC reset handling into mac_prepare() / mac_finish()
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that the port is forced down while reconfiguring, controlling
this via mac_prepare() and mac_finish() so that it is down while we
are configuring our (future) PCS.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvpp2 to use the mac_prepare() and mac_finish() methods in
preparation to converting mvpp2 to split-PCS support.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tidy up the ACPI hack so that we can minimise the function prototypes
for this. This avoids adding further prototypes unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defines UDP segmentation algorithm in hardware and supports
offloading UDP segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PTP clock and uses it in Octeontx2
network device. PTP clock uses mailbox calls to
access the hardware counter on the RVU side.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Precision Timestamping block found on Octeontx2
platform is an independent coprocessor and has
internal PTP hardware clock. Once configured PTP
runs independently and when a packet arrives
CGX hardware block gets the current timestamp
from PTP block and forwards the packet to NIX
by prepending timestamp to the packet.
This patch adds the pci driver for PTP block.
The driver gets registered by AF driver and does
initial configuration and exposes a mailbox function to
read and adjust PTP hardware clock. The mailbox function
is called by AF consumers like netdev drivers or
userspace drivers. Since PTP being a single block
in platform this driver helps in accessing PTP
block by any AF consumer.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four new mbox messages ids and handler are added in order to
enable or disable timestamping procedure on tx and rx side.
Additionally when PTP is enabled, the packet parser must skip
over 8 bytes and start analyzing packet data there. To make NPC
profiles work seemlesly PTR_ADVANCE of IKPU is set so that
parsing can be done as before when all data pointers
are shifted by 8 bytes automatically.
Co-developed-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zyta Szpak <zyta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A multiplication for the size determination of a memory allocation
indicated that an array data structure should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "devm_kcalloc".
Signed-off-by: Xu Wang <vulab@iscas.ac.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-08-04
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 73 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 135 files changed, 4603 insertions(+), 1013 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Implement bpf_link support for XDP. Also add LINK_DETACH operation for the BPF
syscall allowing processes with BPF link FD to force-detach, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Add BPF iterator for map elements and to iterate all BPF programs for efficient
in-kernel inspection, from Yonghong Song and Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Separate bpf_get_{stack,stackid}() helpers for perf events in BPF to avoid
unwinder errors, from Song Liu.
4) Allow cgroup local storage map to be shared between programs on the same
cgroup. Also extend BPF selftests with coverage, from YiFei Zhu.
5) Add BPF exception tables to ARM64 JIT in order to be able to JIT BPF_PROBE_MEM
load instructions, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
6) Follow-up fixes on BPF socket lookup in combination with reuseport group
handling. Also add related BPF selftests, from Jakub Sitnicki.
7) Allow to use socket storage in BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK-typed programs for
socket create/release as well as bind functions, from Stanislav Fomichev.
8) Fix an info leak in xsk_getsockopt() when retrieving XDP stats via old struct
xdp_statistics, from Peilin Ye.
9) Fix PT_REGS_RC{,_CORE}() macros in libbpf for MIPS arch, from Jerry Crunchtime.
10) Extend BPF kernel test infra with skb->family and skb->{local,remote}_ip{4,6}
fields and allow user space to specify skb->dev via ifindex, from Dmitry Yakunin.
11) Fix a bpftool segfault due to missing program type name and make it more robust
to prevent them in future gaps, from Quentin Monnet.
12) Consolidate cgroup helper functions across selftests and fix a v6 localhost
resolver issue, from John Fastabend.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release skb memory in mvpp2_rx() if mvpp2_rx_refill routine fails
Fixes: b501585467 ("net: mvpp2: fix refilling BM pools in RX path")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta has switched to phylink, so the comment should look
like "We may have called phylink_speed_down before".
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added unregister_netdev in the driver remove
function. Generally unregister_netdev is called
after disabling all the device interrupts but here
it is called before disabling device mailbox
interrupts. The reason behind this is VF needs
mailbox interrupt to communicate with its PF to
clean up its resources during otx2_stop.
otx2_stop disables packet I/O and queue interrupts
first and by using mailbox interrupt communicates
to PF to free VF resources. Hence this patch
calls unregister_device just before
disabling mailbox interrupts.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver exit cancel the queued
reset_task work in VF driver.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two bugs exist in the code related to reset_task
in PF driver one is the missing protection
against network stack ndo_open and ndo_close.
Other one is the missing cancel_work.
This patch fixes those problems.
Fixes: 4ff7d1488a ("octeontx2-pf: Error handling support")
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that BPF program/link management is centralized in generic net_device
code, kernel code never queries program id from drivers, so
XDP_QUERY_PROG/XDP_QUERY_PROG_HW commands are unnecessary.
This patch removes all the implementations of those commands in kernel, along
the xdp_attachment_query().
This patch was compile-tested on allyesconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Nakryiko <andriin@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200722064603.3350758-10-andriin@fb.com
Allocate rxq->left_size on mvneta_rx_swbm stack since it is used just
in sw bm napi_poll
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove skb pointer in mvneta_rx_queue data structure since it is no
longer used
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release all consumed pages if the eBPF program returns XDP_DROP for XDP
multi-buffers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mvneta_run_xdp routine after all descriptor processing. This is a
preliminary patch to enable multi-buffers and JUMBO frames support for
XDP
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move skb build after all descriptors processing. This is a preliminary
patch to enable multi-buffers and JUMBO frames support for XDP.
Introduce mvneta_xdp_put_buff routine to release all pages used by a
XDP multi-buffer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clang static analysis flags this garbage return
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/sky2.c:208:2: warning: Undefined or garbage value returned to caller [core.uninitialized.UndefReturn]
return v;
^~~~~~~~
static inline u16 gm_phy_read( ...
{
u16 v;
__gm_phy_read(hw, port, reg, &v);
return v;
}
__gm_phy_read can return without setting v.
So handle similar to skge.c's gm_phy_read, initialize v.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rix <trix@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
priv->page_pool is an array, so comparing against it will always return true.
Do a meaningful check by checking priv->page_pool[0] instead.
While at it, clear the page_pool pointers on deallocation, or when an
allocation error happens during init.
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Fixes: c2d6fe6163 ("mvpp2: XDP TX support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the transmit part of XDP support, which includes:
- support for XDP_TX in mvpp2_xdp()
- .ndo_xdp_xmit hook for AF_XDP and XDP_REDIRECT with mvpp2 as destination
mvpp2_xdp_submit_frame() is a generic function which is called by
mvpp2_xdp_xmit_back() when doing XDP_TX, and by mvpp2_xdp_xmit when
doing AF_XDP or XDP_REDIRECT target.
The buffer allocation has been reworked to be able to map the buffers
as DMA_FROM_DEVICE or DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL depending if native XDP is
in use or not.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP native support.
By now only XDP_DROP, XDP_PASS and XDP_REDIRECT
verdicts are supported.
Co-developed-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the page_pool API for memory management.
This is a prerequisite for native XDP support.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvpp2_swf_bm_pool_init_percpu(), a reference to a struct
mvpp2_bm_pool is obtained traversing multiple structs, when a
local variable already points to the same object.
Fix it and, while at it, give the variable a meaningful name.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When support for short preambles was added, it incorrectly keyed its
decision off state->speed instead of state->interface. state->speed
is not guaranteed to be correct for in-band modes, which can lead to
short preambles being unexpectedly disabled.
Fix this by keying off the interface mode, which is the only way that
mvneta can operate at 2.5Gbps.
Fixes: da58a931f2 ("net: mvneta: Add support for 2500Mbps SGMII")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs connected to this ethernet hardware support the WoL feature.
But when WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for a magic packet at max speed (i.e. 1Gbps), which is a waste of
energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
and save some energy while the machine is powered off or sleeping.
Tested using an Armada 370 based board (LS421DE) equipped with a Marvell
88E1518 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes in xfrm_device.c, between the double
ESP trailing bug fix setting the XFRM_INIT flag and the changes
in net-next preparing for bonding encryption support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When writing the serdes configuration register was moved to
mvneta_config_interface() the whole code block was removed from
mvneta_port_power_up() in the assumption that its only purpose was to
write the serdes configuration register. As mentioned by Russell King
its purpose was also to check for valid interface modes early so that
later in the driver we do not have to care for unexpected interface
modes.
Add back the test to let the driver bail out early on unhandled
interface modes.
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvneta_config_interface() the RGMII modes are catched by the default
case which is an error return. The RGMII modes are valid modes for the
driver, so instead of returning an error add a break statement to return
successfully.
This avoids this warning for non comphy SoCs which use RGMII, like
SolidRun Clearfog:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 268 at drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:3512 mvneta_start_dev+0x220/0x23c
Fixes: b4748553f5 ("net: ethernet: mvneta: Fix Serdes configuration for SoCs without comphy")
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the flow control settings in mvpp2_mac_link_up() for 10G links
just as we do for 1G and slower links. This is now the preferred
location.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to read-modify-write a register, and use it in the phylink
helpers.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to convert the struct phylink_config pointer passed in
from phylink to the drivers internal struct mvpp2_port.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2 code has tests scattered amongst the code to determine
whether the port supports the XLG, and whether the port supports
RGMII mode.
Rather than having these tests scattered, provide a couple of helper
functions, so that future additions can ensure that they get these
tests correct.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tlen field into struct tso_t, and change tso_start()
to return skb_transport_offset(skb) + tso->tlen
This removes from callers the need to use tcp_hdrlen(skb) and
will ease UDP segmentation offload addition.
v2: calls tso_start() earlier in otx2_sq_append_tso() [Jakub]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to increase TSO_HEADER_SIZE from 128 to 256.
Since otx2_sq_init() calls qmem_alloc() with TSO_HEADER_SIZE,
we need to change (struct qmem)->entry_sz to avoid truncation to 0.
Fixes: 7a37245ef2 ("octeontx2-af: NPA block admin queue init")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The older SoCs like Armada XP support a 2500BaseX mode in the datasheets
referred to as DR-SGMII (Double rated SGMII) or HS-SGMII (High Speed
SGMII). This is an upclocked 1000BaseX mode, thus
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_2500BASEX is the appropriate mode define for it.
adding support for it merely means writing the correct magic value into
the MVNETA_SERDES_CFG register.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MVNETA_SERDES_CFG register is only available on older SoCs like the
Armada XP. On newer SoCs like the Armada 38x the fields are moved to
comphy. This patch moves the writes to this register next to the comphy
initialization, so that depending on the SoC either comphy or
MVNETA_SERDES_CFG is configured.
With this we no longer write to the MVNETA_SERDES_CFG on SoCs where it
doesn't exist.
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The remove function does not destroy all
BM Pools when per cpu pool is active.
When reloading the mvpp2 as a module the BM Pools
are still active in hardware and due to the bug
have twice the size now old + new.
This eventually leads to a kernel crash.
v2:
* add Fixes tag
Fixes: 7d04b0b13b ("mvpp2: percpu buffers")
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool rx and tx queue statistics are reporting wrong values.
Fix reading out the correct ones.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix cfg80211 deadlock, from Johannes Berg.
2) RXRPC fails to send norigications, from David Howells.
3) MPTCP RM_ADDR parsing has an off by one pointer error, fix from
Geliang Tang.
4) Fix crash when using MSG_PEEK with sockmap, from Anny Hu.
5) The ucc_geth driver needs __netdev_watchdog_up exported, from
Valentin Longchamp.
6) Fix hashtable memory leak in dccp, from Wang Hai.
7) Fix how nexthops are marked as FDB nexthops, from David Ahern.
8) Fix mptcp races between shutdown and recvmsg, from Paolo Abeni.
9) Fix crashes in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
10) Fix link speed reporting in iavf driver, from Brett Creeley.
11) When a channel is used for XSK and then reused again later for XSK,
we forget to clear out the relevant data structures in mlx5 which
causes all kinds of problems. Fix from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
12) Fix memory leak in genetlink, from Cong Wang.
13) Disallow sockmap attachments to UDP sockets, it simply won't work.
From Lorenz Bauer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (83 commits)
net: ethernet: ti: ale: fix allmulti for nu type ale
net: ethernet: ti: am65-cpsw-nuss: fix ale parameters init
net: atm: Remove the error message according to the atomic context
bpf: Undo internal BPF_PROBE_MEM in BPF insns dump
libbpf: Support pre-initializing .bss global variables
tools/bpftool: Fix skeleton codegen
bpf: Fix memlock accounting for sock_hash
bpf: sockmap: Don't attach programs to UDP sockets
bpf: tcp: Recv() should return 0 when the peer socket is closed
ibmvnic: Flush existing work items before device removal
genetlink: clean up family attributes allocations
net: ipa: header pad field only valid for AP->modem endpoint
net: ipa: program upper nibbles of sequencer type
net: ipa: fix modem LAN RX endpoint id
net: ipa: program metadata mask differently
ionic: add pcie_print_link_status
rxrpc: Fix race between incoming ACK parser and retransmitter
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix some error pointer dereferences
net/mlx5: Don't fail driver on failure to create debugfs
net/mlx5e: CT: Fix ipv6 nat header rewrite actions
...
Since commit 84af7a6194 ("checkpatch: kconfig: prefer 'help' over
'---help---'"), the number of '---help---' has been gradually
decreasing, but there are still more than 2400 instances.
This commit finishes the conversion. While I touched the lines,
I also fixed the indentation.
There are a variety of indentation styles found.
a) 4 spaces + '---help---'
b) 7 spaces + '---help---'
c) 8 spaces + '---help---'
d) 1 space + 1 tab + '---help---'
e) 1 tab + '---help---' (correct indentation)
f) 1 tab + 1 space + '---help---'
g) 1 tab + 2 spaces + '---help---'
In order to convert all of them to 1 tab + 'help', I ran the
following commend:
$ find . -name 'Kconfig*' | xargs sed -i 's/^[[:space:]]*---help---/\thelp/'
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Disable frames injection in mvneta_xdp_xmit routine during hw
re-configuration in order to avoid hardware hangs
Fixes: b0a43db908 ("net: mvneta: add XDP_TX support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The replacement of <asm/pgrable.h> with <linux/pgtable.h> made the include
of the latter in the middle of asm includes. Fix this up with the aid of
the below script and manual adjustments here and there.
import sys
import re
if len(sys.argv) is not 3:
print "USAGE: %s <file> <header>" % (sys.argv[0])
sys.exit(1)
hdr_to_move="#include <linux/%s>" % sys.argv[2]
moved = False
in_hdrs = False
with open(sys.argv[1], "r") as f:
lines = f.readlines()
for _line in lines:
line = _line.rstrip('
')
if line == hdr_to_move:
continue
if line.startswith("#include <linux/"):
in_hdrs = True
elif not moved and in_hdrs:
moved = True
print hdr_to_move
print line
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Cain <bcain@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn>
Cc: Guo Ren <guoren@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nick Hu <nickhu@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Vincent Chen <deanbo422@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-4-rppt@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The include/linux/pgtable.h is going to be the home of generic page table
manipulation functions.
Start with moving asm-generic/pgtable.h to include/linux/pgtable.h and
make the latter include asm/pgtable.h.
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Cain <bcain@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Guan Xuetao <gxt@pku.edu.cn>
Cc: Guo Ren <guoren@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nick Hu <nickhu@andestech.com>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Stafford Horne <shorne@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Vincent Chen <deanbo422@gmail.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200514170327.31389-3-rppt@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit ca23cb0bc5 ("mvneta: MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM set last 3 bits to zero")
added headroom alignment check against 8.
Hovewer (if we imagine that NET_SKB_PAD or XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM is not
aligned to cacheline size), it actually aligns headroom down, while
skb/xdp_buff headroom should be *at least* equal to one of the values
(depending on XDP prog presence).
So, fix the check to align the value up. This satisfies both
hardware/driver and network stack requirements.
Fixes: ca23cb0bc5 ("mvneta: MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM set last 3 bits to zero")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to use standard 'xdp' prefix, rename convert_to_xdp_frame
utility routine in xdp_convert_buff_to_frame and replace all the
occurrences
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/6344f739be0d1a08ab2b9607584c4d5478c8c083.1590698295.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
For XDP the MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM is used as an offset for
the received data.
The MVNETA manual states that the last 3 bits assumed to be 0.
This is currently the case but lets make it explicit in the definition
to prevent future problems.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MSCC bug fix in 'net' had to be slightly adjusted because the
register accesses are done slightly differently in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When call function devm_platform_ioremap_resource(), we should use IS_ERR()
to check the return value and return PTR_ERR() if failed.
Signed-off-by: Tiezhu Yang <yangtiezhu@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rxhash is enabled on any ethernet port except the first in each CP
block, traffic flow is prevented. The analysis is below:
I've been investigating this afternoon, and what I've found, comparing
a kernel without 895586d5dc and with 895586d5dc applied is:
- The table programmed into the hardware via mvpp22_rss_fill_table()
appears to be identical with or without the commit.
- When rxhash is enabled on eth2, mvpp2_rss_port_c2_enable() reports
that c2.attr[0] and c2.attr[2] are written back containing:
- with 895586d5dc, failing: 00200000 40000000
- without 895586d5dc, working: 04000000 40000000
- When disabling rxhash, c2.attr[0] and c2.attr[2] are written back as:
04000000 00000000
The second value represents the MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR2_RSS_EN bit, the
first value is the queue number, which comprises two fields. The high
5 bits are 24:29 and the low three are 21:23 inclusive. This comes
from:
c2.attr[0] = MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH(qh) |
MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QLOW(ql);
So, the working case gives eth2 a queue id of 4.0, or 32 as per
port->first_rxq, and the non-working case a queue id of 0.1, or 1.
The allocation of queue IDs seems to be in mvpp2_port_probe():
if (priv->hw_version == MVPP21)
port->first_rxq = port->id * port->nrxqs;
else
port->first_rxq = port->id * priv->max_port_rxqs;
Where:
if (priv->hw_version == MVPP21)
priv->max_port_rxqs = 8;
else
priv->max_port_rxqs = 32;
Making the port 0 (eth0 / eth1) have port->first_rxq = 0, and port 1
(eth2) be 32. It seems the idea is that the first 32 queues belong to
port 0, the second 32 queues belong to port 1, etc.
mvpp2_rss_port_c2_enable() gets the queue number from it's parameter,
'ctx', which comes from mvpp22_rss_ctx(port, 0). This returns
port->rss_ctx[0].
mvpp22_rss_context_create() is responsible for allocating that, which
it does by looking for an unallocated priv->rss_tables[] pointer. This
table is shared amongst all ports on the CP silicon.
When we write the tables in mvpp22_rss_fill_table(), the RSS table
entry is defined by:
u32 sel = MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_TABLE(rss_ctx) |
MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_TABLE_ENTRY(i);
where rss_ctx is the context ID (queue number) and i is the index in
the table.
If we look at what is written:
- The first table to be written has "sel" values of 00000000..0000001f,
containing values 0..3. This appears to be for eth1. This is table 0,
RX queue number 0.
- The second table has "sel" values of 00000100..0000011f, and appears
to be for eth2. These contain values 0x20..0x23. This is table 1,
RX queue number 0.
- The third table has "sel" values of 00000200..0000021f, and appears
to be for eth3. These contain values 0x40..0x43. This is table 2,
RX queue number 0.
How do queue numbers translate to the RSS table? There is another
table - the RXQ2RSS table, indexed by the MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE field
of MVPP22_RSS_INDEX and accessed through the MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE
register. Before 895586d5dc, it was:
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX,
MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE(port->first_rxq));
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE,
MVPP22_RSS_TABLE_POINTER(port->id));
and after:
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX, MVPP22_RSS_INDEX_QUEUE(ctx));
mvpp2_write(priv, MVPP22_RXQ2RSS_TABLE, MVPP22_RSS_TABLE_POINTER(ctx));
Before the commit, for eth2, that would've contained '32' for the
index and '1' for the table pointer - mapping queue 32 to table 1.
Remember that this is queue-high.queue-low of 4.0.
After the commit, we appear to map queue 1 to table 1. That again
looks fine on the face of it.
Section 9.3.1 of the A8040 manual seems indicate the reason that the
queue number is separated. queue-low seems to always come from the
classifier, whereas queue-high can be from the ingress physical port
number or the classifier depending on the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG.
We set the port bit in MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG, meaning that queue-high
comes from the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG() register... and this seems to
be where our bug comes from.
mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() sets this up as:
mvpp2_write(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG(port->id),
(port->first_rxq >> MVPP2_CLS_OVERSIZE_RXQ_LOW_BITS));
val = mvpp2_read(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG);
val |= MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK(port->id);
mvpp2_write(port->priv, MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_REG, val);
Setting the MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK bit means that the queue-high
for eth2 is _always_ 4, so only queues 32 through 39 inclusive are
available to eth2. Yet, we're trying to tell the classifier to set
queue-high, which will be ignored, to zero. Hence, the queue-high
field (MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH()) from the classifier will be
ignored.
This means we end up directing traffic from eth2 not to queue 1, but
to queue 33, and then we tell it to look up queue 33 in the RSS table.
However, RSS table has not been programmed for queue 33, and so it ends
up (presumably) dropping the packets.
It seems that mvpp22_rss_context_create() doesn't take account of the
fact that the upper 5 bits of the queue ID can't actually be changed
due to the settings in mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set(), _or_ it seems that
mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() has been missed in this commit. Either
way, these two functions mutually disagree with what queue number
should be used.
Looking deeper into what mvpp2_cls_oversize_rxq_set() and the MTU
validation is doing, it seems that MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_P2HQ_REG() is used
for over-sized packets attempting to egress through this port. With
the classifier having had RSS enabled and directing eth2 traffic to
queue 1, we may still have packets appearing on queue 32 for this port.
However, the only way we may end up with over-sized packets attempting
to egress through eth2 - is if the A8040 forwards frames between its
ports. From what I can see, we don't support that feature, and the
kernel restricts the egress packet size to the MTU. In any case, if we
were to attempt to transmit an oversized packet, we have no support in
the kernel to deal with that appearing in the port's receive queue.
So, this patch attempts to solve the issue by clearing the
MVPP2_CLS_SWFWD_PCTRL_MASK() bit, allowing MVPP22_CLS_C2_ATTR0_QHIGH()
from the classifier to define the queue-high field of the queue number.
My testing seems to confirm my findings above - clearing this bit
means that if I enable rxhash on eth2, the interface can then pass
traffic, as we are now directing traffic to RX queue 1 rather than
queue 33. Traffic still seems to work with rxhash off as well.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Fixes: 895586d5dc ("net: mvpp2: cls: Use RSS contexts to handle RSS tables")
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the bpf verifier trace check into the new switch statement in
HEAD.
Resolve the overlapping changes in hinic, where bug fixes overlap
the addition of VF support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This marvell driver mvneta uses PAGE_SIZE frames, which makes it
really easy to convert. Driver updates rxq and now frame_sz
once per NAPI call.
This driver takes advantage of page_pool PP_FLAG_DMA_SYNC_DEV that
can help reduce the number of cache-lines that need to be flushed
when doing DMA sync for_device. Due to xdp_adjust_tail can grow the
area accessible to the by the CPU (can possibly write into), then max
sync length *after* bpf_prog_run_xdp() needs to be taken into account.
For XDP_TX action the driver is smart and does DMA-sync. When growing
tail this is still safe, because page_pool have DMA-mapped the entire
page size.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Cc: thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/158945335786.97035.12714388304493736747.stgit@firesoul
Some PHYs connected to this ethernet hardware support the WoL feature.
But when WoL is enabled and the machine is powered off, the PHY remains
waiting for a magic packet at max speed (i.e. 1Gbps), which is a waste of
energy.
Slow down the PHY speed before stopping the ethernet if WoL is enabled,
and save some energy while the machine is powered off or sleeping.
Tested using an Armada 370 based board (LS421DE) equipped with a Marvell
88E1518 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel González Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current codes, the octeontx2 uses its own method to allocate
the pool buffers, but there are some issues in this implementation.
1. We have to run the otx2_get_page() for each allocation cycle and
this is pretty error prone. As I can see there is no invocation
of the otx2_get_page() in otx2_pool_refill_task(), this will leave
the allocated pages have the wrong refcount and may be freed wrongly.
2. It wastes memory. For example, if we only receive one packet in a
NAPI RX cycle, and then allocate a 2K buffer with otx2_alloc_rbuf()
to refill the pool buffers and leave the remain area of the allocated
page wasted. On a kernel with 64K page, 62K area is wasted.
IMHO it is really unnecessary to implement our own method for the
buffers allocate, we can reuse the napi_alloc_frag() to simplify
our code.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hao <haokexin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the alloc failed error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 3184fb5ba9 ("octeontx2-vf: Virtual function driver support")
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The "info->fs.location" is a u32 that comes from the user via the
ethtool_set_rxnfc() function. We need to check for invalid values to
prevent a buffer overflow.
I copy and pasted this check from the mvpp2_ethtool_cls_rule_ins()
function.
Fixes: 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "rss_context" variable comes from the user via ethtool_get_rxfh().
It can be any u32 value except zero. Eventually it gets passed to
mvpp22_rss_ctx() and if it is over MVPP22_N_RSS_TABLES (8) then it
results in an array overflow.
Fixes: 895586d5dc ("net: mvpp2: cls: Use RSS contexts to handle RSS tables")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 84411f73b8 ("net: mv643xx_eth: Avoid setting the initial TCP checksum")
left behind this, remove it.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return negative error code -ENOMEM from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 5a6d7c9dae ("octeontx2-pf: Mailbox communication with AF")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes coccicheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/nic/otx2_common.h:312:2-3: Unneeded semicolon
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zheng Bin <zhengbin13@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overlapping header include additions in macsec.c
A bug fix in 'net' overlapping with the removal of 'version'
string in ena_netdev.c
Overlapping test additions in selftests Makefile
Overlapping PCI ID table adjustments in iwlwifi driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since set_rx_mode takes a mutex lock for sending mailbox
message to admin function to set the mode, moved logic
to a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed an issue wherein while refilling receive buffers
for the last page allocated, recount is not being updated.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes wrapper fn()s around mutex_init/lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed MODULE_VERSION and fixed MODULE_AUTHOR.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With MTU sized receive buffers it is not expected to have CQE_RX
with multiple receive buffer pointers. But since same physcial link
is shared by PF and it's VFs, the max receive packet configured
at link could be morethan MTU. Hence there is a chance of receiving
plts morethan MTU which then gets DMA'ed into multiple buffers
and notified in a single CQE_RX. This patch treats such pkts as errors
and frees up receive buffers pointers back to hardware.
Also on the transmit side this patch sets SMQ MAXLEN to max value to avoid
HW length errors for the packets whose size > MTU, eg due to path MTU.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF shares physical link with PF. Admin function (AF) sends
notification to PF whenever a link change event happens. PF
has to forward the same notification to each of the enabled VF.
PF traps START/STOP_RX messages sent by VF to AF to keep track of
VF's enabled/disabled state.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added ethtool support for VF devices for
- Driver stats, Tx/Rx perqueue stats
- Set/show Rx/Tx queue count
- Set/show Rx/Tx ring sizes
- Set/show IRQ coalescing parameters
- RSS configuration etc
It's the PF which owns the interface, hence VF
cannot display underlying CGX interface stats.
Except for this rest ethtool support reuses PF's
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On OcteonTx2 silicon there two two types VFs, VFs that share the
physical link with their parent SR-IOV PF and the VFs which work
in pairs using internal HW loopback channels (LBK). Except for the
underlying Rx/Tx channel mapping from netdev functionality perspective
they are almost identical. This patch adds netdev driver support
for these VFs.
Unlike it's parent PF a VF cannot directly communicate with admin
function (AF) and it has to go through PF for the same. The mailbox
communication with AF works like 'VF <=> PF <=> AF'.
Also functionality wise VF and PF are identical, hence to avoid code
duplication PF driver's APIs are resued here for HW initialization,
packet handling etc etc ie almost everything. For VF driver to compile
as module exported few of the existing PF driver APIs.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When FLR is initiated for a VF (PCI function level reset),
the parent PF gets a interrupt. PF then sends a message to
admin function (AF), which then cleanups all resources attached
to that VF.
Also handled IRQs triggered when master enable bit is cleared
or set for VFs. This handler just clears the transaction pending
ie TRPEND bit.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added 'sriov_configure' to enable/disable virtual functions (VFs).
Also added handling of mailbox messages from these VFs.
Admin function (AF) is the only one with all priviliges to configure
HW, alloc resources etc etc, PFs and it's VFs have to request AF
via mbox for all their needs. But unlike PFs, their VFs cannot
send a mbox request directly. A VF shares a mailbox region with
it's parent PF, so VF sends a mailbox msg to PF and then PF forwards
it to AF. Then AF after processing sends response to PF which it
again forwards to VF.
This patch adds support for this 'VF <=> PF <=> AF' mailbox
communication.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the
FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align
the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there
is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters.
Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers
and enum values.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per the dt-binding the interrupt is optional so use
platform_get_irq_optional() instead of platform_get_irq(). Since
commit 7723f4c5ec ("driver core: platform: Add an error message to
platform_get_irq*()") platform_get_irq() produces an error message
orion-mdio f1072004.mdio: IRQ index 0 not found
which is perfectly normal if one hasn't specified the optional property
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e1f550dc44.
platform_get_irq_optional() will still return -ENXIO when no interrupt
is provided so the additional error handling caused the driver prone to
fail when no interrupt was specified. Revert the change so we can apply
the correct minimal fix.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the case where the last mvneta_poll did not process all
RX packets, we need to xor the pp->cause_rx_tx or port->cause_rx_tx
before claculating the rx_queue.
Fixes: 2dcf75e279 ("net: mvneta: Associate RX queues with each CPU")
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver correctly rejects all unsupported
parameters, no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set ethtool_ops->supported_coalesce_params to let
the core reject unsupported coalescing parameters.
This driver did not previously reject unsupported parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to unlock before returning if this allocation fails.
Fixes: 75f3627099 ("octeontx2-pf: Support to enable/disable pause frames via ethtool")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per the dt-binding the interrupt is optional so use
platform_get_irq_optional() instead of platform_get_irq(). Since
commit 7723f4c5ec ("driver core: platform: Add an error message to
platform_get_irq*()") platform_get_irq() produces an error message
orion-mdio f1072004.mdio: IRQ index 0 not found
which is perfectly normal if one hasn't specified the optional property
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce flow_action_basic_hw_stats_types_check() helper and use it
in drivers. That sanitizes the drivers which do not have support
for action HW stats types.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This collection of PCI error bits is used in more than one driver,
so move it to the PCI core.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation of factoring out PCI_STATUS error bit handling let drivers
use the same collection of error bits. To facilitate bisecting we do this
in a separate patch per affected driver. For the Marvell drivers we have
to add PCI_STATUS_SIG_TARGET_ABORT to the error bits.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a spelling mistake in a dev_warn message. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding ethtool stats for when XDP transmitted packets overrun the TX
queue. This is recorded separately for XDP_TX and ndo_xdp_xmit. This
is an important aid for troubleshooting XDP based setups.
It is currently a known weakness and property of XDP that there isn't
any push-back or congestion feedback when transmitting frames via XDP.
It's easy to realise when redirecting from a higher speed link into a
slower speed link, or simply two ingress links into a single egress.
The situation can also happen when Ethernet flow control is active.
For testing the patch and provoking the situation to occur on my
Espressobin board, I configured the TX-queue to be smaller (434) than
RX-queue (512) and overload network with large MTU size frames (as a
larger frame takes longer to transmit).
Hopefully the upcoming XDP TX hook can be extended to provide insight
into these TX queue overflows, to allow programmable adaptation
strategies.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently on the first check if the operation is still not
finished, the poll goes to sleep for 2-5 usecs. But if for
some reason (due to other priority stuff like interrupts etc) by
the time the poll wakes up the 10ms time is expired then we don't
check if operation is finished or not and return failure.
This patch modifies poll logic to check HW operation after sleep so
that the status is checked atleast twice.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bus mastering is enabled by firmware, but when this driver
is unbinded bus mastering gets disabled by the PCI subsystem
which results interrupts not working when driver is reloaded.
Hence set bus mastering everytime in probe().
Also
- Converted pci_set_dma_mask() and pci_set_consistent_dma_mask()
to dma_set_mask_and_coherent().
- Cleared transaction pending bit which gets set during
driver unbind due to clearing of bus mastering (ME bit).
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is no way for AF dependent drivers in
any domain to check if the AF driver is loaded. This
patch sets an ID for RVUM block which will automatically
reflects in PF/VFs discovery register which they can
check and defer their probe until AF is up.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For retrieving info like interface MAC addresses, packet
parser key extraction config etc currently a command
is sent to firmware and firmware which periodically polls
for commands, processes these and returns the info.
This is resulting in interface initialization taking lot
of time. To optimize this a memory region is shared between
firmware and this driver, firmware while booting puts
static info like these into that region for driver to
read directly without using commands.
With this
- Logic for retrieving packet parser extraction config
via commands is removed and repalced with using the
shared 'fwdata' structure.
- Now RVU MSIX vector address is also retrieved from this fwdata struct
instead of from CSR. Otherwise when kexec/kdump crash kernel loads
CSR will have a IOVA setup by primary kernel which impacts
RVU PF/VF's interrupts.
- Also added a mbox handler for PF/VF interfaces to retrieve their MAC
addresses from AF.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Babu <rsaladi2@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added mailbox requests to retrieve backpressure IDs from AF and Aura,
CQ contexts are configured with these BPIDs. So that when resource
levels reach configured thresholds they assert backpressure on the
interface which is also mapped to same BPID.
Also added support to enable/disable pause frames generation via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX LMAC, the physical interface can generate pause frames when
internal resources asserts backpressure due to exhaustion.
This patch configures CGX to generate 802.3 pause frames.
Also enabled processing of received pause frames on the line which
will assert backpressure on the internal transmit path.
Also added mailbox handlers for PF drivers to enable or disable
pause frames anytime.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each of the interface receive channels can be backpressured by
resources upon exhaustion or reaching configured threshold levels.
Resources here are receive buffer queues (Auras) and pkt notification
descriptor queues (CQs). Resources and interface channels are mapped
using backpressure IDs (BPIDs).
HW supports upto 512 BPIDs, this patch divides these BPIDs statically
across CGX/LBK/SDP interfaces as follows.
BPIDs 0 - 191 are mapped to LMAC channels, 16 per LMAC.
BPIDs 192 - 255 are mapped to LBK channels.
BPIDs 256 - 511 are mapped to SDP channels.
Also did the needed basic configuration of BPIDs.
Added mbox handlers with which a PF device can request for a BPID which
it will use to configure Auras and CQs.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the Marvell mvpp2 ethernet driver to use the finalised link
parameters in mac_link_up() rather than the parameters in mac_config().
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the Marvell mvneta ethernet driver to use the finalised link
parameters in mac_link_up() rather than the parameters in mac_config().
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the resolved link parameters via the mac_link_up() call for
MACs that do not automatically track their PCS state. We propagate the
link parameters via function arguments so that inappropriate members
of struct phylink_link_state can't be accessed, and creating a new
structure just for this adds needless complexity to the API.
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current codebase makes use of the zero-length array language
extension to the C90 standard, but the preferred mechanism to declare
variable-length types such as these ones is a flexible array member[1][2],
introduced in C99:
struct foo {
int stuff;
struct boo array[];
};
By making use of the mechanism above, we will get a compiler warning
in case the flexible array does not occur last in the structure, which
will help us prevent some kind of undefined behavior bugs from being
inadvertently introduced[3] to the codebase from now on.
Also, notice that, dynamic memory allocations won't be affected by
this change:
"Flexible array members have incomplete type, and so the sizeof operator
may not be applied. As a quirk of the original implementation of
zero-length arrays, sizeof evaluates to zero."[1]
This issue was found with the help of Coccinelle.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
[2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/21
[3] commit 7649773293 ("cxgb3/l2t: Fix undefined behaviour")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions starting with __ usually indicate those which are exported,
but should not be called directly. Update some of those declared in the
API and make it more readable.
page_pool_unmap_page() and page_pool_release_page() were doing
exactly the same thing calling __page_pool_clean_page(). Let's
rename __page_pool_clean_page() to page_pool_release_page() and
export it in order to show up on perf logs and get rid of
page_pool_unmap_page().
Finally rename __page_pool_put_page() to page_pool_put_page() since we
can now directly call it from drivers and rename the existing
page_pool_put_page() to page_pool_put_full_page() since they do the same
thing but the latter is trying to sync the full DMA area.
This patch also updates netsec, mvneta and stmmac drivers which use
those functions.
Suggested-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce "rx" prefix in the name scheme for xdp counters
on rx path.
Differentiate between XDP_TX and ndo_xdp_xmit counters
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanedup repititive nixlf and blkaddr retrieving logic
is various mailbox handlers throughout the rvu_nix.c file.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the CGX register config is restricted to mapped RVU PFs,
this patch cleans up these permission checks spread across
the rvu_cgx.c file by moving the checks to a common fn().
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since CGX driver and AF driver are built into a single module
the export symbols in CGX driver are not needed. This patch
gets rid of them.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of xdp_ret in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame routine since now
we can rely on xdp_stats to flush in case of xdp_redirect
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add xdp_redirect, xdp_pass, xdp_drop and xdp_tx counters
to ethtool statistics
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce mvneta_stats structure in mvneta_update_stats routine signature
in order to collect all the rx stats and update them at the end at the
napi loop. mvneta_stats will be reused adding xdp statistics support to
ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In oreder to avoid unnecessary instructions rely on open-coding updating
per-cpu stats in mvneta_tx/mvneta_xdp_submit_frame and mvneta_rx_hwbm
routines. This patch will be used to add xdp support to ethtool for the
mvneta driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta_ethtool_update_stats routine is currently reporting
skb_alloc_error and refill_error only for the first rx queue.
Fix the issue moving skb_alloc_err and refill_err in
mvneta_pcpu_stats structure.
Moreover this patch will be used to introduce xdp statistics
to ethtool for the mvneta driver
Fixes: 17a96da627 ("net: mvneta: discriminate error cause for missed packet")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move rx_dropped and rx_errors counters in mvneta_pcpu_stats in order to
avoid possible races updating statistics
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Fixes: dc35a10f68 ("net: mvneta: bm: add support for hardware buffer management")
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The otx2_mbox_get_rsp() function never returns NULL, it returns error
pointers on error.
Fixes: 34bfe0ebed ("octeontx2-pf: MTU, MAC and RX mode config support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In order to fix XDP support if sw buffer management is used as fallback
for hw bm devices, define MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM as maximum between
XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM and NET_SKB_PAD and let the hw aligns the IP header
to 4-byte boundary.
Fix rx_offset_correction initialization if mvneta_bm_port_init fails in
mvneta_resume routine
Fixes: 0db51da7a8 ("net: mvneta: add basic XDP support")
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add WireGuard
2) Add HE and TWT support to ath11k driver, from John Crispin.
3) Add ESP in TCP encapsulation support, from Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Add variable window congestion control to TIPC, from Jon Maloy.
5) Add BCM84881 PHY driver, from Russell King.
6) Start adding netlink support for ethtool operations, from Michal
Kubecek.
7) Add XDP drop and TX action support to ena driver, from Sameeh
Jubran.
8) Add new ipv4 route notifications so that mlxsw driver does not have
to handle identical routes itself. From Ido Schimmel.
9) Add BPF dynamic program extensions, from Alexei Starovoitov.
10) Support RX and TX timestamping in igc, from Vinicius Costa Gomes.
11) Add support for macsec HW offloading, from Antoine Tenart.
12) Add initial support for MPTCP protocol, from Christoph Paasch,
Matthieu Baerts, Florian Westphal, Peter Krystad, and many others.
13) Add Octeontx2 PF support, from Sunil Goutham, Geetha sowjanya, Linu
Cherian, and others.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (1469 commits)
net: phy: add default ARCH_BCM_IPROC for MDIO_BCM_IPROC
udp: segment looped gso packets correctly
netem: change mailing list
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 debug features
qed: rt init valid initialization changed
qed: Debug feature: ilt and mdump
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Add fw overlay feature
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 HSI changes
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 iscsi/fcoe changes
qed: Add abstraction for different hsi values per chip
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Additional ll2 type
qed: Use dmae to write to widebus registers in fw_funcs
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Parser offsets modified
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Queue Manager changes
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Expose new registers and change windows
qed: FW 8.42.2.0 Internal ram offsets modifications
MAINTAINERS: Add entry for Marvell OcteonTX2 Physical Function driver
Documentation: net: octeontx2: Add RVU HW and drivers overview
octeontx2-pf: ethtool RSS config support
octeontx2-pf: Add basic ethtool support
...
- remove ioremap_nocache given that is is equivalent to
ioremap everywhere
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=TUCJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ioremap-5.6' of git://git.infradead.org/users/hch/ioremap
Pull ioremap updates from Christoph Hellwig:
"Remove the ioremap_nocache API (plus wrappers) that are always
identical to ioremap"
* tag 'ioremap-5.6' of git://git.infradead.org/users/hch/ioremap:
remove ioremap_nocache and devm_ioremap_nocache
MIPS: define ioremap_nocache to ioremap
Added support to show or configure RSS hash key, indirection table,
2,4 tuple via ethtool. Also added debug msg_level support
to dump messages when HW reports errors in packet received
or transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds ethtool support for
- Driver stats, Tx/Rx perqueue and CGX LMAC stats
- Set/show Rx/Tx queue count
- Set/show Rx/Tx ring sizes
- Set/show IRQ coalescing parameters
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added ndo_get_stats64 which returns stats maintained by HW.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds TCP segmentation offload (TSO) support. First version
of the silicon didn't support TSO offload, for this driver
level TSO support is added.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds receive side scaling (RSS) support to distribute
pkts/flows across multiple queues. Sets up key, indirection
table etc. Also added extraction of HW calculated rxhash and
adding to same to SKB ie NETIF_F_RXHASH offload support.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW reports many errors on the receive and transmit paths.
Such as incorrect queue configuration, pkt transmission errors,
LMTST instruction errors, transmit queue full etc. These are reported
via QINT interrupt. Most of the errors are fatal and needs
reinitialization.
Also added support to allocate receive buffers in non-atomic context
when allocation fails in NAPI context.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addes support to change interface MTU, MAC address
retrieval and config, RX mode ie unicast, multicast and promiscuous.
Also added link loopback support
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF and AF (admin function) shares 64KB of reserved memory region for
communication. This region is shared for
- Messages sent by PF and responses sent by AF.
- Notifications sent by AF and ACKs sent by PF.
This patch adds infrastructure to handle notifications sent
by AF and adds handlers to process them.
One of the main usecase of notifications from AF is physical
link changes. So this patch adds registration of PF with AF
to receive link status change notifications and also adds
the handler for that notification.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the packet transmission support.
For a given skb prepares send queue descriptors (SQEs) and pushes them
to HW. Here driver doesn't maintain it's own SQ rings, SQEs are pushed
to HW using a silicon specific operations called LMTST. From the
instuction HW derives the transmit queue number and queues the SQE to
that queue. These LMTST instructions are designed to avoid queue
maintenance in SW and lockless behavior ie when multiple cores are trying
to add SQEs to same queue then HW will takecare of serialization, no need
for SW to hold locks.
Also supports scatter/gather.
Co-developed-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added receive packet handling (NAPI) support, error stats, RX_ALL
capability config option to passon error pkts to stack upon user request.
In subsequent patches these error stats will be added to ethttool.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Completion queue (CQ) is the one with which HW notifies SW on a packet
reception or transmission. Each of the RQ and SQ are mapped to a unique
CQ and again both CQs are mapped to same interrupt ie the CINT. So that
each core has one interrupt source in whose handler both Rx and Tx
notifications are processed.
Also
- Registered a NAPI handler for the CINT.
- Setup coalescing parameters.
- IRQ affinity hints etc
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does the initialization of all queues ie the
receive buffer pools, receive and transmit queues, completion
or notification queues etc. Allocates all required resources
(eg transmit schedulers, receive buffers etc) and configures
them for proper functioning of queues. Also sets up receive
queue's RED dropping levels.
Co-developed-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a PF to function as a NIC, NPA (for Rx buffers, Tx descriptors etc)
and NIX (for rcv, send and completion queues) are the minimum resources
needed. So request admin function (AF) to attach one each of NIX and NPA
block LFs (local functions).
Only AF can configure a LF's contexts, so request AF to allocate memory
for NPA aura/pool and NIX RQ/SQ/CQ HW contexts. Upon receiving response,
save some of the HW constants like number of pointers per stack page,
size of send queue buffer (SQBs, where SQEs are queued by HW) e.t.c which
are later used to initialize queues.
A HW context here is like a state machine maintained for a descriptor
queue. eg size, head/tail pointers, irq etc etc. HW maintains this in
memory.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the resource virtualization unit (RVU) each of the PF and AF
(admin function) share a 64KB of reserved memory region for
communication. This patch initializes PF <=> AF mailbox IRQs,
registers handlers for processing these communication messages.
Also adds support to process these messages in both directions
ie responses to PF initiated DOWN (PF => AF) messages and AF
initiated UP messages (AF => PF).
Mbox communication APIs and message formats are defined in AF driver
(drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af), mbox.h from AF driver is
included here to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds template for the Marvell's OcteonTX2 network
controller's physical function driver. Just the probe, PCI
specific initialization and netdev registration.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently XDP Support was added to the mvneta driver
for software buffer management only.
It is still possible to attach an XDP program if
hardware buffer management is used.
It is not doing anything at that point.
The patch disallows attaching XDP programs to mvneta
if hardware buffer management is used.
I am sorry about that. It is my first submission and I am having
some troubles with the format of my emails.
v4 -> v5:
- Remove extra tabs
v3 -> v4:
- Please ignore v3 I accidentally submitted
my other patch with git-send-mail and v4 is correct
v2 -> v3:
- My mailserver corrupted the patch
resubmission with git-send-email
v1 -> v2:
- Fixing the patches indentation
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first batch of driver conversions missed a few cases where we can
use phy_do_ioctl too.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Page pool API will start syncing (if requested) starting from
page->dma_addr + pool->p.offset. Fix dma sync length in
mvneta_run_xdp since we do not need to account xdp headroom
Fixes: 07e13edbb6 ("net: mvneta: get rid of huge dma sync in mvneta_rx_refill")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With 'commit 44768decb7 ("page_pool: handle page recycle for NUMA_NO_NODE
condition")' we can safely change nid to NUMA_NO_NODE and accommodate
future NUMA aware hardware using mvneta network interface
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
ioremap has provided non-cached semantics by default since the Linux 2.6
days, so remove the additional ioremap_nocache interface.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Switch network drivers, phy drivers, and SFP/phylink over to use the
more correct 10GBASE-R, rather than 10GBASE-KR. 10GBASE-KR is backplane
ethernet, which is 10GBASE-R with autonegotiation on top, which our
current usage on the affected platforms does not have.
The only remaining user of PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_10GKR is the Aquantia
PHY, which has a separate mode for 10GBASE-KR.
For Marvell mvpp2, we detect 10GBASE-KR, and rewrite it to 10GBASE-R
for compatibility with existing DT - this is the only network driver
at present that makes use of PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_10GKR.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Several nf_flow_table_offload fixes from Pablo Neira Ayuso,
including adding a missing ipv6 match description.
2) Several heap overflow fixes in mwifiex from qize wang and Ganapathi
Bhat.
3) Fix uninit value in bond_neigh_init(), from Eric Dumazet.
4) Fix non-ACPI probing of nxp-nci, from Stephan Gerhold.
5) Fix use after free in tipc_disc_rcv(), from Tuong Lien.
6) Enforce limit of 33 tail calls in mips and riscv JIT, from Paul
Chaignon.
7) Multicast MAC limit test is off by one in qede, from Manish Chopra.
8) Fix established socket lookup race when socket goes from
TCP_ESTABLISHED to TCP_LISTEN, because there lacks an intervening
RCU grace period. From Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't send empty SKBs from tcp_write_xmit(), also from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix active backup transition after link failure in bonding, from
Mahesh Bandewar.
11) Avoid zero sized hash table in gtp driver, from Taehee Yoo.
12) Fix wrong interface passed to ->mac_link_up(), from Russell King.
13) Fix DSA egress flooding settings in b53, from Florian Fainelli.
14) Memory leak in gmac_setup_txqs(), from Navid Emamdoost.
15) Fix double free in dpaa2-ptp code, from Ioana Ciornei.
16) Reject invalid MTU values in stmmac, from Jose Abreu.
17) Fix refcount leak in error path of u32 classifier, from Davide
Caratti.
18) Fix regression causing iwlwifi firmware crashes on boot, from Anders
Kaseorg.
19) Fix inverted return value logic in llc2 code, from Chan Shu Tak.
20) Disable hardware GRO when XDP is attached to qede, frm Manish
Chopra.
21) Since we encode state in the low pointer bits, dst metrics must be
at least 4 byte aligned, which is not necessarily true on m68k. Add
annotations to fix this, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (160 commits)
sfc: Include XDP packet headroom in buffer step size.
sfc: fix channel allocation with brute force
net: dst: Force 4-byte alignment of dst_metrics
selftests: pmtu: fix init mtu value in description
hv_netvsc: Fix unwanted rx_table reset
net: phy: ensure that phy IDs are correctly typed
mod_devicetable: fix PHY module format
qede: Disable hardware gro when xdp prog is installed
net: ena: fix issues in setting interrupt moderation params in ethtool
net: ena: fix default tx interrupt moderation interval
net/smc: unregister ib devices in reboot_event
net: stmmac: platform: Fix MDIO init for platforms without PHY
llc2: Fix return statement of llc_stat_ev_rx_null_dsap_xid_c (and _test_c)
net: hisilicon: Fix a BUG trigered by wrong bytes_compl
net: dsa: ksz: use common define for tag len
s390/qeth: don't return -ENOTSUPP to userspace
s390/qeth: fix promiscuous mode after reset
s390/qeth: handle error due to unsupported transport mode
cxgb4: fix refcount init for TC-MQPRIO offload
tc-testing: initial tdc selftests for cls_u32
...
Presently, at boot time, the comphys are enabled. For firmware
compatibility reasons, the comphy driver does not power down the
comphys at boot. Consequently, the ethernet comphys are left active
until the network interfaces are brought through an up/down cycle.
If the port is never used, the port wastes power needlessly. Arrange
for the ethernet comphys to be cycled by the mvpp2 driver as if the
interface went through an up/down cycle during driver probe, thereby
powering them down.
This saves:
270mW per 10G SFP+ port on the Macchiatobin Single Shot (eth0/eth1)
370mW per 10G PHY port on the Macchiatobin Double Shot (eth0/eth1)
160mW on the SFP port on either Macchiatobin flavour (eth3)
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up the mvpp2 validate implementation to adopt the same behaviour as
mvneta:
- only allow the link modes that the specified PHY interface mode
supports with the exception of 1000base-X and 2500base-X.
- use the basex helper to deal with SFP modules that can be switched
between 1000base-X vs 2500base-X.
This gives consistent behaviour between mvneta and mvpp2.
This commit depends on "net: phylink: extend clause 45 PHY validation
workaround" so is not marked for backporting to stable kernels.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phylink requires the MAC to report when its link status changes when
operating in inband modes. Failure to report link status changes
means that phylink has no idea when the link events happen, which
results in either the network interface's carrier remaining up or
remaining permanently down.
For example, with a fiber module, if the interface is brought up and
link is initially established, taking the link down at the far end
will cut the optical power. The SFP module's LOS asserts, we
deactivate the link, and the network interface reports no carrier.
When the far end is brought back up, the SFP module's LOS deasserts,
but the MAC may be slower to establish link. If this happens (which
in my tests is a certainty) then phylink never hears that the MAC
has established link with the far end, and the network interface is
stuck reporting no carrier. This means the interface is
non-functional.
Avoiding the link interrupt when we have phylink is basically not
an option, so remove the !port->phylink from the test.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Tested-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Replace all the occurrences of FIELD_SIZEOF() with sizeof_field() except
at places where these are defined. Later patches will remove the unused
definition of FIELD_SIZEOF().
This patch is generated using following script:
EXCLUDE_FILES="include/linux/stddef.h|include/linux/kernel.h"
git grep -l -e "\bFIELD_SIZEOF\b" | while read file;
do
if [[ "$file" =~ $EXCLUDE_FILES ]]; then
continue
fi
sed -i -e 's/\bFIELD_SIZEOF\b/sizeof_field/g' $file;
done
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Bharadiya <pankaj.laxminarayan.bharadiya@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190924105839.110713-3-pankaj.laxminarayan.bharadiya@intel.com
Co-developed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> # for net
Rename the mac_link_state() method to mac_pcs_get_state() to make it
clear that it should be returning the MACs PCS current state, which
is used for inband negotiation rather than just reading back what the
MAC has been configured for. Update the documentation to explicitly
mention that this is for inband.
We drop the return value as well; most of phylink doesn't check the
return value and it is not clear what it should do on error - instead
arrange for state->link to be false.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
If rvu_get_blkaddr() fails, then this rvu_cgx_nix_cuml_stats() returns
zero and we write some uninitialized data into the debugfs output.
On the error paths, the use of the uninitialized "*stat" is harmless,
but it will lead to a Smatch warning (static analysis) and a UBSan
warning (runtime analysis) so we should prevent that as well.
Fixes: f967488d09 ("octeontx2-af: Add per CGX port level NIX Rx/Tx counters")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of costly dma_sync_single_for_device in mvneta_rx_refill
since now the driver can let page_pool API to manage needed DMA
sync with a proper size.
- XDP_DROP DMA sync managed by mvneta driver: ~420Kpps
- XDP_DROP DMA sync managed by page_pool API: ~585Kpps
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rely on page_pool_recycle_direct and not on xdp_return_buff in
mvneta_run_xdp. This is a preliminary patch to limit the dma sync len
to the one strictly necessary
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the SPDX License Identifier style in
header files related to Marvell OcteonTX2 network devices.
It uses an expilict block comment for the SPDX License
Identifier.
Changes made by using a script provided by Joe Perches here:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/2/7/46.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishad Kamdar <nishadkamdar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic for a CGX mapped NIXLF can be stopped by disabling entries
in NPC MCAM or by configuring CGX and mailbox messages exist for the
two options. If traffic is stopped at CGX then VFs of that PF are
also effected hence CGX traffic should be started/stopped by
tracking all the users of it. This patch implements that CGX users
tracking. CGX is also configured along with NPC if required.
Also removed a check which mandates even number of LBK VFs.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A config option is added to disable caching of dynamic entries
like SQEs and stack pages. Also locks down all HW contexts in NDC,
preventing them from being evicted.
This option is useful when the queue count is large and there are
huge NDC cache misses. It's trade off between SQ context misses and
dynamically changing entries like SQE and stack page pointers.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each of the NIX/NPA LFs can choose which ways of their respective
NDC caches should be used to cache their contexts. This enables
flexible configurations like disabling caching for a LF, limiting
it's context to a certain set of ways etc etc. Separate way_mask
for NIX-TX and NIX-RX is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ingress packet replication support has been added to 96xx B0
silicon. This patch enables using that feature to replicate
ingress broadcast packets to PF and it's VFs.
Also fixed below issues
- VFs can also install NPC MCAM entry to forward broadcast pkts.
Otherwise, unless PF's interface is UP, VFs will not receive
bcast packets.
- NPC MCAM entry is disabled when PF and all it's VFs are down.
- Few corner cases in installing multicast entry list.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CN96xx initial silicon doesn't support all features pertaining to
NIX transmit scheduling and shaping.
- It supports a fixed topology of 1:1 mapped transmit
limiters at all levels.
- Supports DWRR only at SMQ/MDQ and TL1.
- Doesn't support shaping and coloring.
This patch adds HW capability structure by which each variant
and skew of silicon can be differentiated by their supported
features. And adds support for A0 silicon's transmit scheduler
capabilities or rather limitations.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for few more RSS key types for flow key
algorithm to compute rss hash index.
Following flow key types have been added.
- Tunnel types like NVGRE, VXLAN, GENEVE.
- L2 offload type ETH_DMAC, Here we will consider only DMAC 6 bytes.
- And extension header IPV6_EXT (1 byte followed by IPV6 header
- Hashing inner protocol fields for inner DMAC, IPv4/v6, TCP, UDP, SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar K <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Writing into NPC MCAM1 and MCAM0 registers are suppressed if
they happened to form a reserved combination. Hence
clear and disable MCAM entries before update.
For HRM:
[CAM(1)]<n>=1, [CAM(0)]<n>=1: Reserved.
The reserved combination is not allowed. Hardware suppresses any
write to CAM(0) or CAM(1) that would result in the reserved combination for
any CAM bit.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updated NPC KPU packet parsing profile with support for following
- Fragmentation support for IPv4 IPv6 outer header
- NIX instruction header support
- QinQ with TPID of 0x8100 as non inner most vlan tag, as legacy
network equipments still generate QinQ packets with this configuration.
- To better support RSS for tunnelled packets, udp based tunnel
protocols such as vxlan, vxlan-gpe, geneve and gtpu are now
captured into a separate layer E. Consequently, the inner
packet headers are pushed one layer down to LF, LG, and LH
accordingly.
- Support for rfc7510 mpls in udp. Up to 4 MPLS labels can be parsed
and captured in one layer LE.
- Parser support for DSA, extended DSA and eDSA tags right after
ethernet header by Marvell SOHO and Falcon switches. For extended
DSA and eDSA tags, a special PKIND of 62 is used, as these tags don't
contain a tpid field.
- Higig2 protocol header parsing support, added a NPC_LT_LA_HIGIG2_ETHER
for a combined header of HIGIG2 and Ethernet. Add a
NPC_LT_LA_IH_NIX_HIGIG2_ETHER for a combined header of nix_ih,
HIGIG2 and Ethernet on egress side. Also added 2 upper flags in LA to
indicate the presence of nix_ih and HIGIG2.
Other changes include
- IPv4.TTL==0 IPv6.HLIM==0 check
- Per RFC 1858, mark fragment offset == 1 as error
- TCP invalid flags check
- Separate error codes for outer and inner IPv4 checksum errors.
- Fix a parser error when KPU parses incoming IPSec ESP and AH packets
- NPC vtag capture/strip hardware expect tag pointer to point to
tpid/ethertype instead of tci. So move lb_ptr to point to tpid/ethertype.
- Fix npc parser error when parsing udp packets that don't have any payload.
- For a single MCAM entry to match on packets with one or stacked vlan tags
combine NPC_LT_LB_STAG and NPC_LT_LB_QINQ to NPC_LT_LB_STAG_QINQ.
- NVGRE to have a separate ltype LD_NVGRE instead of combined with LD_GRE.
- Reserve top LD/LTYPEs to support custom KPU profile fields.
Signed-off-by: Hao Zheng <haoz@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For every mailbox handler added to rvu, we are adding a function
declaration in rvu header file. Cleaned this up by adding a macro
to generate these declarations automatically.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mailbox client has a bounce buffer or a intermediate buffer where
mbox messages are framed then copy them from there to HW buffer.
If 'mbase' and 'hw_mbase' are not same then assume 'mbase' points to
bounce buffer.
This patch also adds msg_size field to mbox header to copy only valid
data instead of whole buffer.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added a new mailbox API which goes through all responses
to check their IDs and response codes.
Also added logic to prevent queuing multiple works to
process the same mailbox message. This scenario happens
when AF is processing a PF's request and menawhile PF
sends ACK to AF sent UP message, then mbox_hdr->num_msgs
in the PF->AF DOWN mbox region will be nonzero and AF
will end up processing PF's request again. This is fixed
by taking a backup of num_msgs counter and clearing the
same in the mbox region before scheduling work.
Signed-off-by: Subbaraya Sundeep <sbhatta@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support to display current NPC MCAM entries and counter's allocation
status ín debugfs.
cat /sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/npc/mcam_info' will dump following info
- MCAM Rx and Tx keysize
- Total MCAM entries and counters
- Current available count
- Count of number of MCAM entries and counters allocated
by a RVU PF/VF device.
Also, one NPC MCAM counter (last one) is reserved and mapped to
NPC RX_INTF's MISS_ACTION to count dropped packets due to no MCAM
entry match. This pkt drop counter can be checked via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A CGX port is shared by a RVU PF and it's VFs. These per
CGX port level NIX Rx/Tx counters are cumilative stats of
all NIXLFs sharing this port. These stats when compared
to CGX Rx/Tx stats helps in identifying pkts dropped within
the system, if any.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CGX LMAC physical interface or serdes Rx/Tx
packet stats to debugfs.
'cat cgx<idx>/lmac<idx>/stats' dumps the current interface link
status and Rx/Tx stats. Stats include pkt received/transmitted,
dropped, pause frames etc etc.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NDC is a data cache unit which caches NPA and NIX block's
aura/pool/RQ/SQ/CQ/etc contexts to reduce number of costly
DRAM accesses.
This patch adds support to dump cache's performance stats
like cache line hit/miss counters, average cycles taken for
accessing cached and non-cached data. This will help in
checking if NPA/NIX context reads/writes are having NDC cache
misses which inturn might effect performance.
Also changed NDC enums to reflect correct NDC hardware instance.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To aid in debugging NIX block related issues, added support to dump
NIX block LF's RQ, SQ and CQ hardware contexts in debugfs. User can
check which contexts are enabled currently and dump it's current HW
context.
Four new files 'qsize', 'rq_ctx', 'sq_ctx' and 'cq_ctx' are added to the
debugfs at 'sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/nix/'
'echo <nixlf index> > qsize' will display current enabled CQ/SQ/RQs.
'echo <nixlf> [rq number/all] > rq_ctx',
'echo <nixlf> [sq number/all] > sq_ctx' &
'echo <nixlf> [cq number/all] > cq_ctx' will dump RQ/SQ/CQ's current
hardware context.
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To aid in debugging NPA related issues, added support to dump
NPA (pool allocator) block LF's aura and pool hardware contexts in
debugfs. User can check which contexts are enabled currently and dump
it's current HW context.
Three new files 'qsize', 'aura_ctx', 'pool_ctx' are added to the
debugfs at 'sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/npa/'
'echo <npalf index> > qsize' will display current enabled Aura/Pools.
'echo <npalf> [aura number/all] > aura_ctx' &
'echo <npalf> [aura number/all] > pool_ctx' will dump Aura/Pool
context info.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support to dump current resource provisioning status
of all resource virtualization unit (RVU) block's
(i.e NPA, NIX, SSO, SSOW, CPT, TIM) local functions attached
to a PF_FUNC into a debugfs file.
'cat /sys/kernel/debug/octeontx2/rsrc_alloc'
will show the current block LF's allocation status.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Brahmajyosyula <bprakash@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build_skb for bm capable devices when they fall-back using swbm path
(e.g. when bm properties are configured in device tree but
CONFIG_MVNETA_BM_ENABLE is not set). In this case rx_offset_correction is
overwritten so we need to use it building skb instead of
MVNETA_SKB_HEADROOM directly
Fixes: 8dc9a0888f ("net: mvneta: rely on build_skb in mvneta_rx_swbm poll routine")
Fixes: 0db51da7a8 ("net: mvneta: add basic XDP support")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum,
phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of
the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the
compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision
with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision.
Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an
error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t,
where the phy mode should be stored.
v2:
Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error.
Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode()
Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors
Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees
v3:
Fix 0-day reported errors.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only slightly tricky merge conflict was the netdevsim because the
mutex locking fix overlapped a lot of driver reload reorganization.
The rest were (relatively) trivial in nature.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving traffic, eth_type_trans() is high up on the perf top list,
because it's the first function which access the packet data.
Move the DMA unmap a bit higher, and put a prefetch just after it, so we
have more time to load the data into the cache.
The packet rate increase is about 14% with a tc drop test: 1620 => 1853 kpps
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the RX path we always sync against the maximum frame size for that pool.
Do the DMA sync and the unmap separately, so we can only sync by the
size of the received frame.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the CONFIG_MVNET_BA is not set, then make the stub functions
static inline to avoid trying to export them, and remove hte
following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:163:6: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_pool_destroy' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:165:6: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_bufs_free' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:167:5: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_construct' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:168:5: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_pool_refill' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:170:23: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_pool_use' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:181:18: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_get' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta_bm.h:182:6: warning: symbol 'mvneta_bm_put' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks (Codethink) <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement XDP_TX verdict and ndo_xdp_xmit net_device_ops function
pointer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow tx buffer array to contain both skb and xdp buffers in order to
enable xdp frame recycling adding XDP_TX verdict support
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move data buffer prefetch in mvneta_swbm_rx_frame after
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor mvneta_rx_swbm code introducing mvneta_swbm_rx_frame and
mvneta_swbm_add_rx_fragment routines. Rely on build_skb in oreder to
allocate skb since the previous patch introduced buffer recycling using
the page_pool API.
This patch fixes even an issue in the original driver where dma buffers
are accessed before dma sync.
mvneta driver can run on not cache coherent devices so it is
necessary to sync DMA buffers before sending them to the device
in order to avoid memory corruptions. Running perf analysis we can
see a performance cost associated with this DMA-sync (anyway it is
already there in the original driver code). In follow up patches we
will add more logic to reduce DMA-sync as much as possible.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the page_pool api for allocations and DMA handling instead of
__dev_alloc_page()/dma_map_page() and free_page()/dma_unmap_page().
Pages are unmapped using page_pool_release_page before packets
go into the network stack.
The page_pool API offers buffer recycling capabilities for XDP but
allocates one page per packet, unless the driver splits and manages
the allocated page.
This is a preliminary patch to add XDP support to mvneta driver
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce mvneta_update_stats routine to collect {rx/tx} statistics
(packets and bytes). This is a preliminary patch to add XDP support to
mvneta driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recycling in mvpp2 has gone long time ago, but two comment still refers
to it. Remove those two misleading comments as they generate confusion.
Fixes: 7ef7e1d949 ("net: mvpp2: drop useless fields in mvpp2_bm_pool and related code")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running old skge driver on PowerPC causes checksum errors
because hardware reported 1's complement checksum is in little-endian
byte order.
Reported-by: Benoit <benoit.sansoni@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every mvpp2 unit can use up to 8 buffers mapped by the BM (the HW buffer
manager). The HW will place the frames in the buffer pool depending on the
frame size: short (< 128 bytes), long (< 1664) or jumbo (up to 9856).
As any unit can have up to 4 ports, the driver allocates only 2 pools,
one for small and one long frames, and share them between ports.
When the first port MTU is set higher than 1664 bytes, a third pool is
allocated for jumbo frames.
This shared allocation makes impossible to use percpu allocators,
and creates contention between HW queues.
If possible, i.e. if the number of possible CPU are less than 8 and jumbo
frames are not used, switch to a new scheme: allocate 8 per-cpu pools for
short and long frames and bind every pool to an RXQ.
When the first port MTU is set higher than 1664 bytes, the allocation
scheme is reverted to the old behaviour (3 shared pools), and when all
ports MTU are lowered, the per-cpu buffers are allocated again.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor mvpp2_bm_pool_create(), mvpp2_bm_pool_destroy() and
mvpp2_bm_pools_init() so that they accept a struct device instead
of a struct platform_device, as they just need platform_device->dev.
Removing such dependency makes the BM code more reusable in context
where we don't have a pointer to the platform_device.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A similar workaround for the suspend/resume problem is needed for yet
another ASUS machines, P6X models. Like the previous fix, the BIOS
doesn't provide the standard DMI_SYS_* entry, so again DMI_BOARD_*
entries are used instead.
Reported-and-tested-by: SteveM <swm@swm1.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx_done_tasklet tasklet is used in invoke the hrtimer
(mvpp2_hr_timer_cb) in softirq context. This can be also achieved without
the tasklet but with HRTIMER_MODE_SOFT as hrtimer mode.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Cc: Nathan Huckleberry <nhuck@google.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Cc: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use devm_platform_ioremap_resource() to simplify the code a bit.
This is detected by coccinelle.
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use accessor functions for skb fragment's page_offset instead
of direct references, in preparation for bvec conversion.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware can only offload checksum calculation on first port due to
the Tx FIFO size limitation, and has a maximum L3 offset of 128 bytes.
Document this in a comment and move duplicated code in a function.
Fixes: 576193f2d5 ("net: mvpp2: jumbo frames support")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MTU change code can call napi_disable() with the device already down,
leading to a deadlock. Also, lot of code is duplicated unnecessarily.
Rework mvpp2_change_mtu() to avoid the deadlock and remove duplicated code.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devm_platform_ioremap_resource() wraps platform_get_resource() and
devm_ioremap_resource() in a single helper, let's use that helper to
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using to_pci_dev + pci_get_drvdata,
use dev_get_drvdata to make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Chuhong Yuan <hslester96@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The onboard sky2 NIC on ASUS P6T WS PRO doesn't work after PM resume
due to the infamous IRQ problem. Disabling MSI works around it, so
let's add it to the blacklist.
Unfortunately the BIOS on the machine doesn't fill the standard
DMI_SYS_* entry, so we pick up DMI_BOARD_* entries instead.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1142496
Reported-and-tested-by: Marcus Seyfarth <m.seyfarth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unifying the skb_frag and bio_vec, use the fine
accessors which already exist and use skb_frag_t instead of
struct skb_frag_struct.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2's XLGMAC can wait for 3 idle frames before triggering a link up
event. This can cause the link to be stuck low when there's traffic on
the interface, so disable this feature.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kvzalloc already zeroes the memory during the allocation.
pci_alloc_consistent calls dma_alloc_coherent directly.
In commit 518a2f1925
("dma-mapping: zero memory returned from dma_alloc_*"),
dma_alloc_coherent has already zeroed the memory.
So the memset after these function is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Fuqian Huang <huangfq.daxian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The onboard sky2 NICs send IRQs after S3, resulting in ethernet not
working after resume.
Maskable MSI and MSI-X are also not supported, so fall back to INTx.
Signed-off-by: Tasos Sahanidis <tasos@tasossah.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer probing of the orion-mdio interface when getting a clock returns
EPROBE_DEFER. This avoids locking up the Armada 8k SoC when mdio is used
before all clocks have been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print a warning when device tree specifies more than the maximum of four
clocks supported by orion-mdio. Because reading from mdio can lock up
the Armada 8k when a required clock is not initialized, it is important
to notify the user when a specified clock is ignored.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow up to four clocks to be specified and enabled for the orion-mdio
interface, which are required by the Armada 8k and defined in
armada-cp110.dtsi.
Fixes a hang in probing the mvmdio driver that was encountered on the
Clearfog GT 8K with all drivers built as modules, but also affects other
boards such as the MacchiatoBIN.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 96cb434238 ("net: mvmdio: allow up to three clocks to be specified for orion-mdio")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Users can specify classification actions based on the 'ether' flow type.
In that case, this will apply to all ethernet traffic, superseeding
flows such as 'udp4' or 'tcp6'.
Add support for this flow type in the PPv2 classifier, by mapping the
ETHER_FLOW value to the corresponding entries in the classifier.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a missing check to detect flow types that we don't support, so that
user can be informed of this.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Header Parser allows identifying various fields in the packet
headers, used for various kind of filtering and classification
steps.
This is a re-entrant process, where the offset in the packet header
depends on the previous lookup results. This offset is represented in
the SRAM results of the TCAM, as a shift to be operated.
This shift can be negative in some cases, such as in IPv6 parsing.
This commit prevents overriding the sign bit when setting the shift
value, which could cause instabilities when parsing IPv6 flows.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Suggested-by: Alan Winkowski <walan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was an unused variable 'mvpp2_dbgfs_prs_pmap_fops'
Added a usage consistent with other fops to dump pmap
to userspace.
Cc: clang-built-linux@googlegroups.com
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/529
Signed-off-by: Nathan Huckleberry <nhuck@google.com>
Tested-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows using the vlan Id and priority as parts of the key
for classification offload. These fields are extracted from the
outermost tag, if multiple tags are present.
Vlan Id and priority are considered as 2 different fields by the
classifier, however the fields are both appended in the Header Extracted
Key in the same layout as they are found in the tags. This means that
when steering only based on the prio, a 16-bit slot is still taken in
the HEK.
The classifier doesn't allow extracting the DEI bit from the tag, so we
explicitly prevent user from using this bit in the key.
This commit adds the vlan priotity as a compatible HEK field for
tagged traffic, meaning that we limit the possibility of extracting this
field only to the flows that contain tagged traffic.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The C2 TCAM used for classification uses a key (Header Extracted Key)
built by concatenating several fields extracted from the packet header.
After a lot of trial-and-error and some guess work, it seems the HEK is
right justified, with the first fields being stored in the MSB, then
concatenated up until the LSB.
Until now, this doesn't cause any issue since all HEK fields we use are
full bytes. However this is an issue for the upcoming VLAN id and pri
extraction, which aren't full bytes.
Rework the way we built that TCAM key, by changing the order in which we
append the fields.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The way we currently handle classification offload and RSS is by having
dedicated lookup sequences in the flow table, each being selected
depending on several fields being present in the packet header.
We need to make sure the classification operation we want to perform can
be done in each flow we want to insert it into. As an example,
classifying on VLAN tag can only be done on flows used for tagged
traffic.
This commit makes sure we don't insert rules in flows we aren't
compatible with.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When performing a TCAM lookup in the C2 engine, it's possible that
multiple entries match the packet. To make sure the correct entry match
when performing a lookup, the Flow Table can set a lookup type, which
will be used in the TCAM lookup, thus preventing such false-positives.
We need to make sure the RSS match doesn't interfere with other
classification lookups, hence we use a dedicated lookup_type for it.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing all VID filters, the mvpp2_prs_vid_entry_remove would be
called with the TCAM id incorrectly used as a VID, causing the wrong
TCAM entries to be invalidated.
Fix this by directly invalidating entries in the VID range.
Fixes: 56beda3db6 ("net: mvpp2: Add hardware offloading for VLAN filtering")
Suggested-by: Yuri Chipchev <yuric@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VID filtering is implemented in the Header Parser, with one range of 11
vids being assigned for each no-loopback port.
Make sure we use the per-port range when looking for existing entries in
the Parser.
Since we used a global range instead of a per-port one, this causes VIDs
to be removed from the whitelist from all ports of the same PPv2
instance.
Fixes: 56beda3db6 ("net: mvpp2: Add hardware offloading for VLAN filtering")
Suggested-by: Yuri Chipchev <yuric@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Besides the MIB counters, some other useful counters can be exposed to
the user. This commit adds support for :
- Per-port counters, that indicate FIFO drops and classifier drops,
- Per-rxq counters,
- Per-txq counters
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we'll be adding support for other kind of internal counters, make
clear that the currently supported counters are the MIB counters.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When first configuring a port on PPv2, we want to clear the internal
counters so that we don't get values from previous boot stages.
However, we can't really clear these counters when resetting the MAC,
since there are valid reasons to do so while the port is being used,
such as when reconfiguring the interface mode with the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on review, `lock' is only acquired in hwbm_pool_add() which is
invoked via ->probe(), ->resume() and ->ndo_change_mtu(). Based on this
the lock can become a mutex and there is no need to disable interrupts
during the procedure.
Now that the lock is a mutex, hwbm_pool_add() no longer invokes
hwbm_pool_refill() in an atomic context so we can pass GFP_KERNEL to
hwbm_pool_refill() and remove the `gfp' argument from hwbm_pool_add().
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
Use a safe strscpy call to copy the ethtool stat strings into the
relevant buffers, instead of a memcpy that will be accessing
out-of-bound data.
Fixes: 118d6298f6 ("net: mvpp2: add ethtool GOP statistics")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
MVPP2_TXQ_SCHED_TOKEN_CNTR_REG() expects the logical queue id but
the current code is passing the global tx queue offset, so it ends
up writing to unknown registers (between 0x8280 and 0x82fc, which
seemed to be unused by the hardware). This fixes the issue by using
the logical queue id instead.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_cls.c:1236
mvpp2_ethtool_cls_rule_ins() warn: unsigned 'info->fs.location' is never less than zero.
'info->fs.location' is u32 type, never less than zero.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license this
program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
without any warranty without even the implied warranty of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details you should have received a
copy of the gnu general public license along with this program if
not write to the free software foundation inc 675 mass ave cambridge
ma 02139 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528170027.538300784@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we don't use an out-of-bound index for the per-port RSS
context array.
As of today, the global context creation in mvpp22_rss_context_create
will prevent us from reaching this case, but we should still make sure
we are using a sane value anyway.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix below issues in err code path of probe:
1. we don't need to unregister_netdev() because the netdev isn't
registered.
2. when register_netdev() fails, we also need to destroy bm pool for
HWBM case.
Fixes: dc35a10f68 ("net: mvneta: bm: add support for hardware buffer management")
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When steering to an RXQ, we can perform an extra RSS step to assign a
queue from an RSS table.
This is done by setting the RSS_EN attribute in the C2 engine. In that
case, the RXQ that is assigned is the global RSS context id, that is
then translated to an RSS table using the RXQ2RSS table.
An example using ethtool to steer to RXQ 2 and 3 would be :
ethtool -X eth0 weight 0 0 1 1 context new
(This would print the allocated context id, let's say it's 1)
ethtool -N eth0 flow-type udp4 dst-port 1234 context 1 loc 0
The hash parameters are the ones that are globally configured for RSS :
ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash udp4 sdfn
When an RSS context is removed while there are active classification
rules using this context, these rules are removed.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool_rx_flow_rule_create takes into parameter the ethtool flow spec,
which doesn't contain the rss context id. We therefore need to extract
it ourself before parsing the ethtool rule.
The FLOW_RSS flag is only set in info->fs.flow_type, and not
info->flow_type.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 controller has 8 RSS tables that are shared across all ports on
a given PPv2 instance. The previous implementation allocated one table
per port, leaving others unused.
By using RSS contexts, we can make use of multiple RSS tables per
port, one being the default table (always id 0), the other ones being
used as destinations for flow steering, in the same way as rx rings.
This commit introduces RSS contexts management in the PPv2 driver. We
always reserve one table per port, allocated when the port is probed.
The global table list is stored in the struct mvpp2, as it's a global
resource. Each port then maintains a list of indices in that global
table, that way each port can have it's own numbering scheme starting
from 0.
One limitation that seems unavoidable is that the hashing parameters are
shared across all RSS contexts for a given port. Hashing parameters for
ctx 0 will be applied to all contexts.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The C2 TCAM has internal FIFOs that are only useful for the built-in
self-tests. Disable these FIFOS at init, as recommended in the
functionnal specs.
Suggested-by: Alan Winkowski <walan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of today, the classification offload implementation only supports 4
different rules to be offloaded. This number has been hardcoded in the
rule insertion function, and the wrong define is being used elsewhere.
Use the correct #define everywhere to make sure we always check for the
correct number of rules.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow_rule is only used when configuring the classification tables,
and should be free'd once we're done using it. The current code only
frees it in the error path.
Fixes: 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 2 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not see http www gnu org licenses
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details [based]
[from] [clk] [highbank] [c] you should have received a copy of the
gnu general public license along with this program if not see http
www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 355 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154041.837383322@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Add SPDX license identifiers to all Make/Kconfig files which:
- Have no license information of any form
These files fall under the project license, GPL v2 only. The resulting SPDX
license identifier is:
GPL-2.0-only
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Now that the mvpp2 driver supports classification offloading, we must
add the NETIF_F_NTUPLE to the features list.
Since the current code doesn't allow disabling the feature, we don't set
the flag in dev->hw_features.
Fixes: 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes following (similar) warning reported by kbuild test robot:
In function ‘memcpy’,
inlined from ‘smsc75xx_init_mac_address’ at drivers/net/usb/smsc75xx.c:778:3,
inlined from ‘smsc75xx_bind’ at drivers/net/usb/smsc75xx.c:1501:2:
./include/linux/string.h:355:9: warning: argument 2 null where non-null expected [-Wnonnull]
return __builtin_memcpy(p, q, size);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/usb/smsc75xx.c: In function ‘smsc75xx_bind’:
./include/linux/string.h:355:9: note: in a call to built-in function ‘__builtin_memcpy’
I've replaced the offending memcpy with ether_addr_copy, because I'm
100% sure, that of_get_mac_address can't return NULL as it returns valid
pointer or ERR_PTR encoded value, nothing else.
I'm hesitant to just change IS_ERR into IS_ERR_OR_NULL check, as this
would make the warning disappear also, but it would be confusing to
check for impossible return value just to make a compiler happy.
I'm now changing all occurencies of memcpy to ether_addr_copy after the
of_get_mac_address call, as it's very likely, that we're going to get
similar reports from kbuild test robot in the future.
Fixes: a51645f70f ("net: ethernet: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support AES128-CCM ciphers in kTLS, from Vakul Garg.
2) Add fib_sync_mem to control the amount of dirty memory we allow to
queue up between synchronize RCU calls, from David Ahern.
3) Make flow classifier more lockless, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Add PHY downshift support to aquantia driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
5) Add SKB cache for TCP rx and tx, from Eric Dumazet. This reduces
contention on SLAB spinlocks in heavy RPC workloads.
6) Partial GSO offload support in XFRM, from Boris Pismenny.
7) Add fast link down support to ethtool, from Heiner Kallweit.
8) Use siphash for IP ID generator, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Pull nexthops even further out from ipv4/ipv6 routes and FIB
entries, from David Ahern.
10) Move skb->xmit_more into a per-cpu variable, from Florian
Westphal.
11) Improve eBPF verifier speed and increase maximum program size,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Eliminate per-bucket spinlocks in rhashtable, and instead use bit
spinlocks. From Neil Brown.
13) Allow tunneling with GUE encap in ipvs, from Jacky Hu.
14) Improve link partner cap detection in generic PHY code, from
Heiner Kallweit.
15) Add layer 2 encap support to bpf_skb_adjust_room(), from Alan
Maguire.
16) Remove SKB list implementation assumptions in SCTP, your's truly.
17) Various cleanups, optimizations, and simplifications in r8169
driver. From Heiner Kallweit.
18) Add memory accounting on TX and RX path of SCTP, from Xin Long.
19) Switch PHY drivers over to use dynamic featue detection, from
Heiner Kallweit.
20) Support flow steering without masking in dpaa2-eth, from Ioana
Ciocoi.
21) Implement ndo_get_devlink_port in netdevsim driver, from Jiri
Pirko.
22) Increase the strict parsing of current and future netlink
attributes, also export such policies to userspace. From Johannes
Berg.
23) Allow DSA tag drivers to be modular, from Andrew Lunn.
24) Remove legacy DSA probing support, also from Andrew Lunn.
25) Allow ll_temac driver to be used on non-x86 platforms, from Esben
Haabendal.
26) Add a generic tracepoint for TX queue timeouts to ease debugging,
from Cong Wang.
27) More indirect call optimizations, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1763 commits)
cxgb4: Fix error path in cxgb4_init_module
net: phy: improve pause mode reporting in phy_print_status
dt-bindings: net: Fix a typo in the phy-mode list for ethernet bindings
net: macb: Change interrupt and napi enable order in open
net: ll_temac: Improve error message on error IRQ
net/sched: remove block pointer from common offload structure
net: ethernet: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: usb: smsc: fix warning reported by kbuild test robot
staging: octeon-ethernet: Fix of_get_mac_address ERR_PTR check
net: dsa: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: dsa: sja1105: Fix status initialization in sja1105_get_ethtool_stats
vrf: sit mtu should not be updated when vrf netdev is the link
net: dsa: Fix error cleanup path in dsa_init_module
l2tp: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference
taprio: add null check on sched_nest to avoid potential null pointer dereference
net: mvpp2: cls: fix less than zero check on a u32 variable
net_sched: sch_fq: handle non connected flows
net_sched: sch_fq: do not assume EDT packets are ordered
net: hns3: use devm_kcalloc when allocating desc_cb
net: hns3: some cleanup for struct hns3_enet_ring
...
There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now
return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current
users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact.
While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address
returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by
is_valid_ether_addr anyway.
Fixes: d01f449c00 ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The signed return from the call to mvpp2_cls_c2_port_flow_index is being
assigned to the u32 variable c2.index and then checked for a negative
error condition which is always going to be false. Fix this by assigning
the return to the int variable index and checking this instead.
Addresses-Coverity: ("Unsigned compared against 0")
Fixes: 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_cls.c: In function 'mvpp2_cls_c2_build_match':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvpp2/mvpp2_cls.c:1159:28: warning:
variable 'act' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It is never used since introduction in
commit 90b509b39a ("net: mvpp2: cls: Add Classification offload support")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit introduces support for the "Drop" action in classification
offload. This corresponds to the "-1" action with ethtool -N.
This is achieved using the color marking actions available in the C2
engine, which associate a color to a packet. These colors can be either
Green, Yellow or Red, Red meaning that the packet should be dropped.
Green and Yellow colors are interpreted by the Policer, which isn't
supported yet.
This method of dropping using the Classifier is different than the
already existing early-drop features, such as VLAN filtering and MAC
UC/MC filtering, which are performed during the Parsing step, and
therefore take precedence over classification actions.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit introduces basic classification offloading support for the
PPv2 controller.
The PPv2 classifier has many classification engines, for now we only use
the C2 TCAM match engine.
This engine allows to perform ternary lookups on 64 bits keys (called
Header Extracted Key), that are built by extracting fields from the packet
header and concatenating them. At most 4 fields can be extracted for a
single lookup.
This basic implementation allows to build the HEK from the following
fields :
- L4 source and destination ports (for UDP and TCP)
More fields are to be added in the future.
Classification flows are added through the ethtool interface, using the
newly introduced flow_rule infrastructure as an internal rule
representation, allowing to more easily implement tc flower rules if
need be.
The internal design for now allocates one range of 4 rules per port
due to the internal design of the flow table, which uses 22 sub-flows.
When inserting a classification rule, the rule is created in every
relevant sub-flow.
This low rule-count is a very simple design which reaches quickly the
limitations of the flow table ordering, but guarantees that the rule
ordering will always be respected.
This commit only introduces support for the "steer to rxq" action.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of today, the classification code is used only for RSS. We split the
incoming traffic into multiple flows, that correspond to the ethtool
flow_type parameter.
We don't want to use the ethtool flow definitions such as TCP_V4_FLOW,
for several reason :
- We want to decorrelate the driver code from ethtool as much as
possible, so that we can easily use other interfaces such as tc flower,
- We want the flow_type to be a bitfield, so that we can match flows
embedded into each other, such as TCP4 which is a subset of IP4.
This commit does the conversion to the newer type.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch removing extra whitespaces when writing the flow_table
entries
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It allows some of the code to be simplified.
Tested on Turris Omnia.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mmiowb() is now implied by spin_unlock() on architectures that require
it, so there is no reason to call it from driver code. This patch was
generated using coccinelle:
@mmiowb@
@@
- mmiowb();
and invoked as:
$ for d in drivers include/linux/qed sound; do \
spatch --include-headers --sp-file mmiowb.cocci --dir $d --in-place; done
NOTE: mmiowb() has only ever guaranteed ordering in conjunction with
spin_unlock(). However, pairing each mmiowb() removal in this patch with
the corresponding call to spin_unlock() is not at all trivial, so there
is a small chance that this change may regress any drivers incorrectly
relying on mmiowb() to order MMIO writes between CPUs using lock-free
synchronisation. If you've ended up bisecting to this commit, you can
reintroduce the mmiowb() calls using wmb() instead, which should restore
the old behaviour on all architectures other than some esoteric ia64
systems.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
There are two reasons for this.
First, the xmit_more flag conceptually doesn't fit into the skb, as
xmit_more is not a property related to the skb.
Its only a hint to the driver that the stack is about to transmit another
packet immediately.
Second, it was only done this way to not have to pass another argument
to ndo_start_xmit().
We can place xmit_more in the softnet data, next to the device recursion.
The recursion counter is already written to on each transmit. The "more"
indicator is placed right next to it.
Drivers can use the netdev_xmit_more() helper instead of skb->xmit_more
to check the "more packets coming" hint.
skb->xmit_more is retained (but always 0) to not cause build breakage.
This change takes care of the simple s/skb->xmit_more/netdev_xmit_more()/
conversions. Remaining drivers are converted in the next patches.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs will use the 2500BaseX PHY_INTERFACE_MODE when being linked
with a partner using 2.5GBaseT.
Since we can't autonegotiate this speed between the MAC and the PHY, we
need to have the proper comphy support enabled, to make sure we can
safely advertise 2.5G and 1G in BaseT and be able to switch between both
corresponding PHY interface modes. This is now possible since comphy
support was added to this driver.
This commit adds the 2500BaseT mode to the list of supported modes when
using 2500BaseX, and was tested on a setup with an Armada385 and a
88E2010 PHY, both with and without the comphy node in the DT.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The C2 classification engine has a 256 entry TCAM, used for ternary
matches on an 8 byte Header Extracted Key. For now, we compute the
various indices for classification and RSS that use this engine thanks
to a set of macros.
This commit mainly renames the macros used to make it clear that they
should be used with the C2 engine, but also make use of the full 256
entries in the engine. For now, the C2 entries are only used for RSS.
These entries are put at the end of the TCAM range, in case we want to
add higher priority matches later on.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When classifying a packet pertaining to a given flow, the classifier
will issue multiple lookup commands until it finds one with the 'last'
bit set. It expects all prorities to be assign continuously (although
not necessarily in an ordered fashion) from 0 to the number of lookups.
We can initialize this once, and make sure unused lookups are given an
empty port map. This avoids having to maintain priorities and the
information of which lookup is the last.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C2 TCAM entries can be invalidated to avoid unwanted matches. Make sure
all entries are invalidated at init, then validate only the ones we use.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Flow Table dictates what lookups will be issued for each flow type.
The lookup sequence for each flow is similar, and the index of each
lookup is computed by some macros.
There are similar mechanisms for the C2 TCAM lookups, so in order to
avoid confusion, rename the flow table index computing macros with a
common prefix.
The only difference in behaviour is that we now use the very first entry
in the flow for the RSS lookup (the first entry was previously unused).
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classifier allows to combine multiple lookups in one "sequence" that
is counted as a single lookup to an engine, with a single result.
We don't actually use that feature, so remove any places where we set
this field, so that the classifier doesn't try to interpret these
fields.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit renames some of the classifier functions to follow the
naming 'mvpp2_port_*' that's used for function that act on a given port.
This commit is purely cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move C2 read/write helpers higher in the file to ease future work that
rely on these helpers
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When writing a C2 entry to hardware, some registers writes will only
take effect when the TCAM_DATA4 register is written. This includes all
C2 TCAM registers, and the C2 invalidate register.
To make sure we always write C2 entries correctly, document that
behaviour with a comment, and move TCAM writes to the end of the
mvpp2_cls_c2_write helper.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cls_table is a global read-only table containing the different
parameters that are used by various tables in the classifier. It
describes the links between the Header Parser, the decoding table and
the flow_table.
There are several possible way we want to iterate over that table,
depending on wich classifier engine we want to configure. For the Header
Parser, we want to iterate over each entry. For the Decoding table, we
want to iterate over each entry having a unique flow_id. Finally, when
configuring an ethtool flow, we want to iterate over each entry having a
unique flow_id and that has a given flow_type.
This commit introduces some iterator to both provide syntactic sugar and
also clarify the way we want to iterate over the table.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2's Classifier uses multiple engines to perform classification. So
far, only the C2 engine is used, which has a 256 entries TCAM.
So far, we only accessed the relevant entries from the C2 engines, which
are the one implementing RSS. To implement and debug ntuple
classification offload, beaing able to see the hit count for each C2
entry is helpful, so this commit moves the logic to a dedicated
directory allowing to access each entry.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Classifier flow table is the central part of the PPv2 Classifier,
since it describes all classification steps performed for each flow.
It has 512 entries, shared between all ports, which are divided into
sequences that are pointed-to by the decoding table. Being able to see
which entries in the flow table were hit is a key point when
implementing and debugging classification offload.
This commit allows reading each flow table entry's hit count
independently, with a clear-on-read behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current way to store the required private data needed to access
various debugfs entries is to alloc them on the fly, share them within
the entries that need to access them, and finally have one entry free
that data upon closing. This leads to hard to maintain code, and is very
error-prone.
This commit stores all debugfs related data in the same place, making
sure this is allocated only when the debugfs directory is successfully
created, so that we don't waste memory when we don't use this feature.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cls_flow table represent the overall configuration of the
classifier, used to match the different traffic classes in the Parsing
and Classification engines.
This configuration is static, and applies to all PPv2 instances, we must
therefore keep it const so that no modifications of this table are
performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro definition MVPP2_N_FLOWS is ambiguous because it really
represents the number of entries in the Header Parser that are used to
identify the classification flows.
Rename the macro to clearly state that we represent the number of flows
in the Header Parser.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 classifier allows to perform multiple lookups on the same
engine when classifying a packet. These lookups can match similar parts
of a packet header, but perform different actions upon matching. To
differentiate these types of lookups, it's possible to specify a Lookup
Type in the flow table entries, which will be part of the key for the
lookup engines.
This commit introduces the use of Lookup Types for C2 matches. Since for
now we only perform C2 lookups to enable RSS, we only need one Lookup
Type.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Classifier flow table has 512 entries, that contains lookups
commands executed consecutively for every flow. Since we have 21
different flows, we have to carefully manage the flow table use.
As of today, the start index of a lookup sequence is computed
directly based in the flow->id. There are 8 reserved flow ids, from
0-7, which don't have any corresponding sequence in the flow table. We
can therefore ignore them when computing the index, and make so that the
first non-reserved flow point to the very beginning of the flow table.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Suggested-by: Alan Winkowski <walan@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2's classifier supports extracting the MAC Destination Address from the
L2 header to perform RSS and flow steering. Add the missing case when
setting the Header Extracted Key fields in the flow table.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
int is not long enough to store all netdev_features, use the correct
dedicated type to store them when building the list of dev->features.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some sky2 chips fire IRQ after S3, before the driver is fully resumed:
[ 686.804877] do_IRQ: 1.37 No irq handler for vector
This is likely a platform bug that device isn't fully quiesced during
S3. Use MSI-X, maskable MSI or INTx can prevent this issue from
happening.
Since MSI-X and maskable MSI are not supported by this device, fallback
to use INTx on affected platforms.
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1807259
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1809843
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds calls in the stop() helper to ensure both MACs and
both PCS blocks are set in reset when the user manually sets a port
down. This is done so that we have the exact same block reset states at
boot time and when a port is set down.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets both the XPCS and MPCS blocks in reset when they aren't
used. This is done both at boot time and when reconfiguring a port mode.
The advantage now is that only the PCS used is set out of reset when the
port is configured (10GKR uses the MCPS while RXAUI uses the XPCS).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes sure both PPv2 MACs (GMAC + XLG MAC) are set in reset
while a port is reconfigured. This is done so that we make sure a MAC is
in a reset state when not used, as only one of the two will be set out
of reset after the port is configured properly.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reworks the way the XLG MAC is set in reset: the XLG MAC is
set in reset at probe time and taken out of this state only when used.
The idea is to move forward a situation where only the blocks used are
taken out of reset. This also has the effect to handle the GMAC and the
XLG MAC in a similar way (the GMAC already is set in reset at boot
time).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch force the XLG MAC link state in the phylink link_up() and
link_down() helpers when not using in-band auto-negotiation. This mimics
what's already done for the GMAC and follows what's advised in the
phylink documentation.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves the XLG configuration function, to only update the
XLG configuration register when a change is needed. This helps not
writing over and over the same XLG configuration each time phylink
request the MAC to be configured. This mimics the GMAC configuration
function.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies the port_disable() helper to always disable both the
GMAC and the XLG MAC when called. At boot time we do not know of a port
was enabled in the firmware/bootloader, and if so what mode was used
(hence which of the two MACs was used).
This also help in implementing a logic where all blocks are disabled
when not used, and only enabled regarding the current mode used on a
given port.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GMAC configuration helper modifies values in the auto-negotiation
register. Some of its values require the port to be forced down when
modifying their values. This patches fixes the check made on the bit to
be updated in this register, so that the port is forced down when
needed. This fix cases where some of those parameters were updated, but
not taken into account, such as when using RGMII interfaces.
Fixes: d14e078f23 ("net: marvell: mvpp2: only reprogram what is necessary on mac_config")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch fixes the computation of RXQs being used by the PPv2 driver,
which is set depending on the PPv2 engine version and the queue mode
used. There are three cases:
- PPv2.1: 1 RXQ per CPU.
- PPV2.2 with MVPP2_QDIST_MULTI_MODE: 1 RXQ per CPU.
- PPv2.2 with MVPP2_QDIST_SINGLE_MODE: 1 RXQ is shared between the CPUs.
The PPv2 engine supports a maximum of 32 queues per port. This patch
adds a check so that we do not overstep this maximum.
It appeared the calculation was broken for PPv2.1 engines since
f8c6ba8424, as PPv2.1 ports ended up with a single RXQ while they
needed 4. This patch fixes it.
Fixes: f8c6ba8424 ("net: mvpp2: use only one rx queue per port per CPU")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Phylink validate function is the Marvell PPv2 driver makes a check
on the GoP id. This is valid an has to be done when using PPv2.2 engines
but makes no sense when using PPv2.1. The check done when using an RGMII
interface makes sure the GoP id is not 0, but this breaks PPv2.1. Fixes
it.
Fixes: 0fb628f0f2 ("net: mvpp2: fix phylink handling of invalid PHY modes")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a check on the PPv2 version in-use not to reconfigure
the port mode when an interface is updated when using PPv2.1 as the
functions called are PPv2.2 specific.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We had a check in the mvpp2_mac_link_down() function (called by phylink)
to avoid disabling the port when link interrupts are used. It turned out
the interrupt can still be used with the port disabled. We can thus
remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch fix the alignment of the MVPP2_GMAC_CONFIG_MII_SPEED
macro definition.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 port structure stores the GoP id of a given port. This
information is specific to PPv2.2, but cannot be used by PPv2.1. Update
its comment to denote this specificity.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cosmetic patch fixes a typo made in a comment in the Marvell PPv2
Ethernet driver header.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comphy driver for Armada 3700 by Miquèl Raynal (which is currently
in linux-next) does not actually set comphy mode when phy_set_mode_ext
is called. The mode is set at next call of phy_power_on.
Update the driver to semantics similar to mvpp2: helper
mvneta_comphy_init sets comphy mode and powers it on.
When mode is to be changed in mvneta_mac_config, first power the comphy
off, then call mvneta_comphy_init (which sets the mode to new one).
Only do this when new mode is different from old mode.
This should also work for Armada 38x, since in that comphy driver
methods power_on and power_off are unimplemented.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 controller is able to support 2.5G speeds, allowing to use
2.5GBASET in conjunction with PHYs that use 2500BASEX as their MII
interface when using this mode.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Booting 4.20 on SolidRun Clearfog issues this warning with DMA API
debug enabled:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 555 at kernel/dma/debug.c:1230 check_sync+0x514/0x5bc
mvneta f1070000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver tries to sync DMA memory it has not allocated [device address=0x000000002dd7dc00] [size=240 bytes]
Modules linked in: ahci mv88e6xxx dsa_core xhci_plat_hcd xhci_hcd devlink armada_thermal marvell_cesa des_generic ehci_orion phy_armada38x_comphy mcp3021 spi_orion evbug sfp mdio_i2c ip_tables x_tables
CPU: 0 PID: 555 Comm: bridge-network- Not tainted 4.20.0+ #291
Hardware name: Marvell Armada 380/385 (Device Tree)
[<c0019638>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c0014888>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c0014888>] (show_stack) from [<c07f54e0>] (dump_stack+0x9c/0xd4)
[<c07f54e0>] (dump_stack) from [<c00312bc>] (__warn+0xf8/0x124)
[<c00312bc>] (__warn) from [<c00313b0>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x38/0x48)
[<c00313b0>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c00b0370>] (check_sync+0x514/0x5bc)
[<c00b0370>] (check_sync) from [<c00b04f8>] (debug_dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu+0x6c/0x74)
[<c00b04f8>] (debug_dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu) from [<c051bd14>] (mvneta_poll+0x298/0xf58)
[<c051bd14>] (mvneta_poll) from [<c0656194>] (net_rx_action+0x128/0x424)
[<c0656194>] (net_rx_action) from [<c000a230>] (__do_softirq+0xf0/0x540)
[<c000a230>] (__do_softirq) from [<c00386e0>] (irq_exit+0x124/0x144)
[<c00386e0>] (irq_exit) from [<c009b5e0>] (__handle_domain_irq+0x58/0xb0)
[<c009b5e0>] (__handle_domain_irq) from [<c03a63c4>] (gic_handle_irq+0x48/0x98)
[<c03a63c4>] (gic_handle_irq) from [<c0009a10>] (__irq_svc+0x70/0x98)
...
This appears to be caused by mvneta_rx_hwbm() calling
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu() with the wrong struct device pointer,
as the buffer manager device pointer is used to map and unmap the
buffer. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another platform requires even longer delay to make the device work
correctly after S3.
So increase the delay to 300ms.
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1798921
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mv643xx_eth_shared_of_probe() fails, mv643xx_eth_shared_probe()
leaves clk enabled.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several places which make the decision whether to access the
XLGMAC vs GMAC that only check for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_10GKR and not its
XAUI variant. Switch these to use the new helper so that we have
consistency through the driver.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a mvpp2_is_xlg() helper to identify whether the interface mode
should be using the XLGMAC rather than the GMAC.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DMA API generally relies on a struct device to work properly, and
only barely works without one for legacy reasons. Pass the easily
available struct device from the platform_device to remedy this.
Note that this driver seems to entirely lack dma_map_single error
handling, but that is left for another time.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mvpp2 configures the flow control modes in mvpp2_xlg_config() for
10G mode, it only ever set the flow control enable bits. There is no
mechanism to clear these bits, which means that userspace is unable to
use standard APIs to disable flow control (the only way is to poke the
register directly.)
Fix the missing bit clearance to allow flow control to be disabled.
This means that, by default, as there is no negotiation in 10G modes
with mvpp2, flow control is now disabled rather than being rx-only.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phylink already limits which interface modes are able to call the
MACs AN restart function, but in any case, the commentry seems
incorrect: the AN restart bit does not automatically clear when
set. This has been found via manual setting using devmem2, and
we can observe that the AN does indeed restart and complete, yet
the AN restart bit remains set. Explicitly clear the AN restart
bit.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reading the pause bits in mac_link_state, mvpp2 was reporting
the state of the "active pause" bits, which are set when the MAC is
in pause mode. This is not what phylink wants - we want the
negotiated pause state. Fix the definition so we read the correct
bits.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac_config() can be called at any point, and the expected behaviour
from MAC drivers is to only reprogram when necessary - and certainly
avoid taking the link down on every call.
Unfortunately, mvpp2 does exactly that - it takes the link down, and
reprograms everything, and then releases the forced-link down.
This is bad, it can cause the link to bounce:
- SFP detects signal, disables LOS indication.
- SFP code calls into phylink, calling phylink_sfp_link_up() which
triggers a resolve.
- phylink_resolve() calls phylink_get_mac_state() and finds the MAC
reporting link up.
- phylink wants to configure the pause mode on the MAC, so calls
phylink_mac_config()
- mvpp2 takes the link down temporarily, generating a MAC link down
event followed by another MAC link event.
- phylink calls mac_link_up() and then processes the MAC link down
event.
- phylink_resolve() gets called again, registers the link down, and
calls mach_link_down() before re-running itself.
- phylink_resolve() starts again at step 3 above. This sequence
repeats.
GMAC versions prior to mvpp2 do not require the link to be taken down
except when certain link properties (eg, switching between SGMII and
1000base-X mode, or enabling/disabling in-band negotiation) are
changed. Implement this for mvpp2.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears that the mvpp22 can get stuck with SGMII negotiation. The
symptoms are that in-band negotiation never completes and the partner
(eg, PHY) never reports SGMII link up, or if it supports negotiation
bypass, goes into negotiation bypass mode (which will happen when the
PHY sees that the MAC is alive but gets no response.)
Triggering the PHY end of the link to re-negotiate results in the
bypass bit clearing on the PHY, and then re-setting - indicating that
the problem is at the mvpp22 GMAC end.
Asserting the GMAC reset and de-asserting it resolves the issue.
Arrange to assert the GMAC reset at probe time, and deassert it only
after we have configured the GMAC for the appropriate mode. This
resolves the issue.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sven Auhagen reported issues with negotiation on a couple of his
platforms using a mixture of SFP and PHYs in various different
modes. Debugging to root cause proved difficult, but essentially
the problem comes down to the mvpp2 phylink implementation being
slightly at odds with what is expected.
phylink operates in three modes: phy, fixed-link, and in-band mode.
In the first two modes, the expected behaviour from a MAC driver is
that phylink resolves the operating mode and passes the mode to the
MAC driver for it to program, including when the link should be
brought up or taken down. This is basically the same as the libphy
approach. This does not negate the requirement to advertise a correct
control word for interface modes that have control words where that
can be reasonably controlled.
The second mode is in-band mode, where the MAC is expected to use the
in-band control word to determine the operating mode.
The mvneta driver implements the correct pattern required to support
this: configure the port interface type separately from the in-band
mode(s). This is now specified in the phylink documentation patches.
mvpp2 was programming in-band mode for SGMII and the 802.3z modes no
what, and avoided forcing the link up in fixed/phy modes. This caused
a problem with some boards where the PHY is by default programmed to
enter AN bypass mode, the PHY would report that the link was up, but
the mvpp2 never completed the exchange of control word.
Another issue that mvpp2 has is it sets SGMII AN format control word
for both SGMII and 802.3z modes. The format of the control word is
defined by MVPP2_GMAC_INBAND_AN_MASK, which should be set for SGMII
and clear for 802.3z. Available Marvell documentation for earlier
GMAC implementations does not make this clear, but this has been
ascertained via extensive testing on earlier GMAC implementations,
and then confirmed with a Macchiatobin Single Shot connected to a
Clearfog: when MVPP2_GMAC_INBAND_AN_MASK is set, the clearfog does
not receive the advertised pause mode settings.
Lastly, there is no flow control in the in-band control word in Cisco
SGMII, setting the flow control autonegotiation bit even with a PHY
that has the Marvell extension to send this information does not result
in the flow control being enabled at the MAC. We need to do this
manually using the information provided via phylink.
Re-code mvpp2's mac_config() and mac_link_up() to follow this pattern.
This allows Sven Auhagen's board and Macchiatobin to reliably bring
the link up with the 88e1512 PHY with phylink operating in PHY mode
with COMPHY built as a module but the rest of the networking built-in,
and u-boot having brought up the interface. in-band mode requires an
additional patch to resolve another problem.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An ipvlan bug fix in 'net' conflicted with the abstraction away
of the IPV6 specific support in 'net-next'.
Similarly, a bug fix for mlx5 in 'net' conflicted with the flow
action conversion in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the common phy binding, so that we can reconfigure the
comphy according to the desired ethernet speed. This will allow us to
support 1000base-X and 2500base-X SFPs dynamically on SolidRun Clearfog.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sven Auhagen reports that if he changes a SFP+ module for a SFP module
on the Macchiatobin Single Shot, the link does not come back up. For
Sven, it is as easy as:
- Insert a SFP+ module connected, and use ping6 to verify link is up.
- Remove SFP+ module
- Insert SFP 1000base-X module use ping6 to verify link is up: Link
up event did not trigger and the link is down
but that doesn't show the problem for me. Locally, this has been
reproduced by:
- Boot with no modules.
- Insert SFP+ module, confirm link is up.
- Replace module with 25000base-X module. Confirm link is up.
- Set remote end down, link is reported as dropped at both ends.
- Set remote end up, link is reported up at remote end, but not local
end due to lack of link interrupt.
Fix this by setting up both GMAC and XLG interrupts for port 0, but
only unmasking the appropriate interrupt according to the current mode
set in the mac_config() method. However, only do the mask/unmask
dance when we are really changing the link mode to avoid missing any
link interrupts.
Tested-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the phy_interface_mode_is_8023z() helper for detecting interface
modes that use 802.3z serial encoding. This is equivalent to testing
for both 1000base-X and 2500base-X.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "p" buffer is 0x4000 bytes long. B3_RI_WTO_R1 is 0x190. The value
of "regs->len" is in the 1-0x4000 range. The bug here is that
"regs->len - B3_RI_WTO_R1" can be a negative value which would lead to
memory corruption and an abrupt crash.
Fixes: c3f8be9618 ("[PATCH] skge: expand ethtool debug register dump")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix regression in multi-SKB responses to RTM_GETADDR, from Arthur
Gautier.
2) Fix ipv6 frag parsing in openvswitch, from Yi-Hung Wei.
3) Unbounded recursion in ipv4 and ipv6 GUE tunnels, from Stefano
Brivio.
4) Use after free in hns driver, from Yonglong Liu.
5) icmp6_send() needs to handle the case of NULL skb, from Eric
Dumazet.
6) Missing rcu read lock in __inet6_bind() when operating on mapped
addresses, from David Ahern.
7) Memory leak in tipc-nl_compat_publ_dump(), from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
8) Fix PHY vs r8169 module loading ordering issues, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Fix bridge vlan memory leak, from Ido Schimmel.
10) Dev refcount leak in AF_PACKET, from Jason Gunthorpe.
11) Infoleak in ipv6_local_error(), flow label isn't completely
initialized. From Eric Dumazet.
12) Handle mv88e6390 errata, from Andrew Lunn.
13) Making vhost/vsock CID hashing consistent, from Zha Bin.
14) Fix lack of UMH cleanup when it unexpectedly exits, from Taehee Yoo.
15) Bridge forwarding must clear skb->tstamp, from Paolo Abeni.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (87 commits)
bnxt_en: Fix context memory allocation.
bnxt_en: Fix ring checking logic on 57500 chips.
mISDN: hfcsusb: Use struct_size() in kzalloc()
net: clear skb->tstamp in bridge forwarding path
net: bpfilter: disallow to remove bpfilter module while being used
net: bpfilter: restart bpfilter_umh when error occurred
net: bpfilter: use cleanup callback to release umh_info
umh: add exit routine for UMH process
isdn: i4l: isdn_tty: Fix some concurrency double-free bugs
vhost/vsock: fix vhost vsock cid hashing inconsistent
net: stmmac: Prevent RX starvation in stmmac_napi_poll()
net: stmmac: Fix the logic of checking if RX Watchdog must be enabled
net: stmmac: Check if CBS is supported before configuring
net: stmmac: dwxgmac2: Only clear interrupts that are active
net: stmmac: Fix PCI module removal leak
tools/bpf: fix bpftool map dump with bitfields
tools/bpf: test btf bitfield with >=256 struct member offset
bpf: fix bpffs bitfield pretty print
net: ethernet: mediatek: fix warning in phy_start_aneg
tcp: change txhash on SYN-data timeout
...
The last few stragglers coccinelle doesn't pick up are on driver
specific header files. Phase those out as well as dma_alloc_coherent()
zeroes out the memory as well now too.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
We already need to zero out memory for dma_alloc_coherent(), as such
using dma_zalloc_coherent() is superflous. Phase it out.
This change was generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch:
@ replace_dma_zalloc_coherent @
expression dev, size, data, handle, flags;
@@
-dma_zalloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
+dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org>
[hch: re-ran the script on the latest tree]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
If an error occurs after the call to 'pci_alloc_irq_vectors()', we must
call 'pci_free_irq_vectors()' in order to avoid a resource leak.
The same sequence is already in place in the corresponding 'cgx_remove()'
function.
Fixes: 1463f382f5 ("octeontx2-af: Add support for CGX link management")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Several fixes here. Basically split down the line between newly
introduced regressions and long existing problems:
1) Double free in tipc_enable_bearer(), from Cong Wang.
2) Many fixes to nf_conncount, from Florian Westphal.
3) op->get_regs_len() can throw an error, check it, from Yunsheng
Lin.
4) Need to use GFP_ATOMIC in *_add_hash_mac_address() of fsl/fman
driver, from Scott Wood.
5) Inifnite loop in fib_empty_table(), from Yue Haibing.
6) Use after free in ax25_fillin_cb(), from Cong Wang.
7) Fix socket locking in nr_find_socket(), also from Cong Wang.
8) Fix WoL wakeup enable in r8169, from Heiner Kallweit.
9) On 32-bit sock->sk_stamp is not thread-safe, from Deepa Dinamani.
10) Fix ptr_ring wrap during queue swap, from Cong Wang.
11) Missing shutdown callback in hinic driver, from Xue Chaojing.
12) Need to return NULL on error from ip6_neigh_lookup(), from Stefano
Brivio.
13) BPF out of bounds speculation fixes from Daniel Borkmann"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (57 commits)
ipv6: Consider sk_bound_dev_if when binding a socket to an address
ipv6: Fix dump of specific table with strict checking
bpf: add various test cases to selftests
bpf: prevent out of bounds speculation on pointer arithmetic
bpf: fix check_map_access smin_value test when pointer contains offset
bpf: restrict unknown scalars of mixed signed bounds for unprivileged
bpf: restrict stack pointer arithmetic for unprivileged
bpf: restrict map value pointer arithmetic for unprivileged
bpf: enable access to ax register also from verifier rewrite
bpf: move tmp variable into ax register in interpreter
bpf: move {prev_,}insn_idx into verifier env
isdn: fix kernel-infoleak in capi_unlocked_ioctl
ipv6: route: Fix return value of ip6_neigh_lookup() on neigh_create() error
net/hamradio/6pack: use mod_timer() to rearm timers
net-next/hinic:add shutdown callback
net: hns3: call hns3_nic_net_open() while doing HNAE3_UP_CLIENT
ip: validate header length on virtual device xmit
tap: call skb_probe_transport_header after setting skb->dev
ptr_ring: wrap back ->producer in __ptr_ring_swap_queue()
net: rds: remove unnecessary NULL check
...
Here is the big set of USB and PHY driver patches for 4.21-rc1.
All of the usual bits are in here:
- loads of USB gadget driver updates and additions
- new device ids
- phy driver updates
- xhci reworks and new features
- typec updates
Full details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a long time with no reported
issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXCYxNA8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+yl4pQCfaQBjMxPpp6TVcHANZ/O+zE3NH/wAoL11p3IB
KUq8v9pmcHO8sW5TWOJw
=iYGf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-4.21-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb
Pull USB/PHY updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the big set of USB and PHY driver patches for 4.21-rc1.
All of the usual bits are in here:
- loads of USB gadget driver updates and additions
- new device ids
- phy driver updates
- xhci reworks and new features
- typec updates
Full details are in the shortlog.
All of these have been in linux-next for a long time with no reported
issues"
* tag 'usb-4.21-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (142 commits)
USB: serial: option: add Fibocom NL678 series
cdc-acm: fix abnormal DATA RX issue for Mediatek Preloader.
usb: r8a66597: Fix a possible concurrency use-after-free bug in r8a66597_endpoint_disable()
usb: typec: tcpm: Extend the matching rules on PPS APDO selection
usb: typec: Improve Alt Mode documentation
usb: musb: dsps: fix runtime pm for peripheral mode
usb: musb: dsps: fix otg state machine
USB: serial: pl2303: add ids for Hewlett-Packard HP POS pole displays
usb: renesas_usbhs: add support for RZ/G2E
usb: ehci-omap: Fix deferred probe for phy handling
usb: roles: Add a description for the class to Kconfig
usb: renesas_usbhs: mark PM functions as __maybe_unused
usb: core: Remove unnecessary memset()
usb: host: isp1362-hcd: convert to DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE
phy: qcom-qmp: Expose provided clocks to DT
dt-bindings: phy-qcom-qmp: Move #clock-cells to child
phy: qcom-qmp: Utilize fully-specified DT registers
dt-bindings: phy-qcom-qmp: Fix register underspecification
phy: ti: fix semicolon.cocci warnings
phy: dphy: Add configuration helpers
...
When acpi_match_device fails, its return value is NULL. Directly using
the return value without a check may result in a NULL-pointer
dereference. The fix checks if acpi_match_device fails, and if so,
returns -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Kangjie Lu <kjlu@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of conflicts, by happily all cases of overlapping
changes, parallel adds, things of that nature.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell, Saeed Mahameed, and others
for their guidance in these resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2_phylink_validate() sets all modes that are supported by a
given PPv2 port. An mistake made the 10000baseT_Full mode being
advertised in some cases when a port wasn't configured to perform at
10G. This patch fixes this.
Fixes: d97c9f4ab0 ("net: mvpp2: 1000baseX support")
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2_phylink_validate() function sets all modes that are
supported by a given PPv2 port. A recent change made all ports to
advertise they support 10G modes in certain cases. This is not true,
as only the port #0 can do so. This patch fixes it.
Fixes: 01b3fd5ac9 ("net: mvpp2: fix detection of 10G SFP modules")
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in the mvneta driver reworked allocation
and handling of the ingress buffers to use entire pages.
Apart from that in SW BM scenario the HW must be informed
via PRXDQS about the biggest possible incoming buffer
that can be propagated by RX descriptors.
The BufferSize field was filled according to the MTU-dependent
pkt_size value. Later change to PAGE_SIZE broke RX operation
when usin 64K pages, as the field is simply too small.
This patch conditionally limits the value passed to the BufferSize
of the PRXDQS register, depending on the PAGE_SIZE used.
On the occasion remove now unused frag_size field of the mvneta_port
structure.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
*) Change phy set_mode ops to take both mode and setmode as arguments
*) Add phy_configure() and phy_validate() API's mostly used for MIPI D-PHY
*) Add helpers to get default values of parameters define in MIPI D-PHY spec
*) Add driver for TI's CPSW Port PHY Interface Mode selection
*) Add driver for Cadence Sierra PHY used with USB and PCIe
*) Add driver for Freescale i.MX8MQ USB3 PHY
*) Fixes QMP PHY bindings to allow the clocks provided by the PHY to be
pointed at in device tree
*) Fix for using fully specified regions (in device tree) for configuring
the second lane in dual lane PHYs in QMP PHY
*) Add support for Allwinner H6 USB2 PHY in phy-sun4i-usb driver
*) Update phy-rcar-gen3-usb driver to follow the hardware manual
*) Add support for fine grained power management in mapphone-mdm6600 driver
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=JLIJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'phy-for-4.21_v1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kishon/linux-phy into usb-next
Kishon writes:
phy: for 4.21
*) Change phy set_mode ops to take both mode and setmode as arguments
*) Add phy_configure() and phy_validate() API's mostly used for MIPI D-PHY
*) Add helpers to get default values of parameters define in MIPI D-PHY spec
*) Add driver for TI's CPSW Port PHY Interface Mode selection
*) Add driver for Cadence Sierra PHY used with USB and PCIe
*) Add driver for Freescale i.MX8MQ USB3 PHY
*) Fixes QMP PHY bindings to allow the clocks provided by the PHY to be
pointed at in device tree
*) Fix for using fully specified regions (in device tree) for configuring
the second lane in dual lane PHYs in QMP PHY
*) Add support for Allwinner H6 USB2 PHY in phy-sun4i-usb driver
*) Update phy-rcar-gen3-usb driver to follow the hardware manual
*) Add support for fine grained power management in mapphone-mdm6600 driver
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
* tag 'phy-for-4.21_v1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kishon/linux-phy: (30 commits)
phy: qcom-qmp: Expose provided clocks to DT
dt-bindings: phy-qcom-qmp: Move #clock-cells to child
phy: qcom-qmp: Utilize fully-specified DT registers
dt-bindings: phy-qcom-qmp: Fix register underspecification
phy: ti: fix semicolon.cocci warnings
phy: dphy: Add configuration helpers
phy: Add MIPI D-PHY configuration options
phy: Add configuration interface
phy: Add MIPI D-PHY mode
phy: add driver for Freescale i.MX8MQ USB3 PHY
dt-bindings: phy: add binding for Freescale i.MX8MQ USB3 PHY
phy: Use of_node_name_eq for node name comparisons
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: add support for port interface mode selection phy
dt-bindings: net: ti: cpsw: switch to use phy-gmii-sel phy
phy: ti: introduce phy-gmii-sel driver
dt-bindings: phy: add cpsw port interface mode selection phy bindings
phy: mvebu-cp110-comphy: fix spelling in structure name
phy: mapphone-mdm6600: Improve phy related runtime PM calls
phy: renesas: rcar-gen3-usb2: follow the hardware manual procedure
phy: cadence: Add driver for Sierra PHY
...
Convert mvebu-cp110-comphy PHY driver to use recently introduced
PHY_MODE_ETHERNET and phy_set_mode_ext().
Cc: Russell King - ARM Linux <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The .validate phylink callback should empty the supported bitmap when
the interface mode is invalid.
Cc: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reported-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2_phylink_validate() relies on the interface field of
phylink_link_state to determine valid link modes. However, when called
from phylink_sfp_module_insert() this field in not initialized. The
default switch case then excludes 10G link modes. This allows 10G SFP
modules that are detected correctly to be configured at max rate of
2.5G.
Catch the uninitialized PHY mode case, and allow 10G rates.
Fixes: d97c9f4ab0 ("net: mvpp2: 1000baseX support")
Cc: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Cc: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use DEFINE_SHOW_ATTRIBUTE macro to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Yangtao Li <tiny.windzz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following set of NPC registers allow the driver to configure NPC
to generate different key value schemes to compare against packet
payload in MCAM search.
NPC_AF_INTF(0..1)_KEX_CFG
NPC_AF_KEX_LDATA(0..1)_FLAGS_CFG
NPC_AF_INTF(0..1)_LID(0..7)_LT(0..15)_LD(0..1)_CFG
NPC_AF_INTF(0..1)_LDATA(0..1)_FLAGS(0..15)_CFG
Currently, the AF driver populates these registers to
configure the default values to address the most common
use cases such as key generation for channel number + DMAC.
The secure firmware stores different configuration
value of these registers to enable different NPC use case
along with the name for the lookup.
Patch loads profile binary from secure firmware over
the exiting CGX mailbox interface and apply the profile.
AF driver shall fall back to the default configuration
in case of any errors.
The AF consumer driver can know the selected profile
on response to NPC_GET_KEX_CFG mailbox by introducing
mkex_pfl_name in the struct npc_get_kex_cfg_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vamsi.attunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIX_AF_LSO_FORMAT(0..31)_FIELD(0..7) register enables an SW defined
means to define LSO packet modification formats.
0..31 works as an index to choose the algorithm, On success, the mailbox
returns the index to the client of chosen LSO algorithm selection.
This index will be used in configuring the transmit descriptors.
Add mailbox interface to dynamically reserve and configure LSO format.
This commit also fixes 'sizem1' for NIX_LSOALG_TCP_FLAGS
to '1' i.e 2 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds mailbox support for L4 checksum verification
and L3 and L4 length verification configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vidhya Raman <vraman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setup TPID's for vlan0 and vlan1 for Tx VLAN insertion offloads.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIX_AF_MARK_FORMAT(0..127)_CTL register enables an SW defined
means to mark/insert various data in the packet based on
final packet color from traffic shaping HW.
0..127 works as an index to choose the algorithm. On success,
the mailbox returns the index to the client.
Add NIX_MARK_FORMAT_CFG mailbox which reserves mark format based on
tuple (offset, y_mask, y_val, r_mask, r_val)
If the tuple is requested again for mark format that was already
reserved, then it will be reused. If not it will reserve a new entry
if space is available.
Also on AF init commonly used marker format such as VLAN DEI, IPv4
ECN, IPv4 DSCP are reserved for AF consumers.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kanas <kkanas@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for enabling RSS in promiscuous mode
if RSS is already requested by the AF client.
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vamsi.attunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support all NIX specific valid length errors and
checksum errors on Rx, Update all NIX_AF_RX_DEF_* registers.
Also sorted all registers in HRM definition order.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the inner IPv4 checksum and
defines the error code for Rx inner and outer checksum errors.
Setting ERRCODE as 1 so that CQE descriptor can be embedded
valid checksum error code and the driver can interpret
checksum error as ERRLEV = LID + 1 and ERRCODE = 1.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default behavior was to free all the TLx Tx schedule
queues. This patch adds support for freeing a single Tx
schedule queue if TXSCHQ_FREE_ALL flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kanas <kkanas@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TL1 is the root node in the scheduling hierarchy and
it is a global resource with a limited number.
This patch introduces restriction and validation on
the allocation of the TL1 nodes for the effective resource
sharing across the AF consumers.
- Limit TL1 allocation to 2 per lmac.
One could be for the normal link and one for IEEE802.3br
express link (Express Send DMA).
Effectively all the VF's of an RVU PF(lmac) share the two TL1 schqs.
- TL1 cannot be freed once allocated.
- Allow VF's to only apply default config to TL1 if not
already applied. PF's can always overwrite the TL1 config.
- Consider NIX_AQ_INSTOP_WRITE while validating txschq
when sq.ena is set.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kanas <kkanas@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced reserve_flowkey_alg_idx()to reserve RSS algorithm index,
it would internally use set_flowkey_fields() to generate fields
based on the flow key dynamically.
On AF driver init, it would reserve a predefined set RSS algo indexes,
which will be available all the time for all the AF driver consumers.
The leftover algo indexes can be reserved at runtime through
exiting nix_rss_flowkey_cfg mailbox message.
The NIX_FLOW_KEY_TYPE_PORT is removed from predefined a set of RSS flow
type as it is not used by any consumer.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce state-based algorithm to convert the flow_key value
to RSS algo field used by NIX_AF_RX_FLOW_KEY_ALGX_FIELDX register.
The outer `for loop` goes over _all_ protocol field and the following
variables depict the state machine forward progress logic.
a) keyoff_marker - Enabled when hash byte length needs to be accounted
in field->key_offset update.
b) field_marker - Enabled when a new field needs to be selected.
c) group_member - Enabled when a protocol is part of a group.
This would remove the existing hard coding and enable to add
new protocol support seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added response for nix_rss_flowkey_cfg message to return
selected RSS algorithm index.
The FLOW_KEY_TYPE* definition is part of the mbox message and
it will be used by the other consumers of AF driver hence moving to mbox.h.
Also renamed FLOW_* definitions to NIX_FLOW_* to avoid global
name space collisions, as we have various coming from
include/uapi/linux/pkt_cls.h for example.
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the time of initial broadcast packet replication table init,
NIXLFs are not yet attached to PF_FUNCs. Hence skipped checking
NIXLF while submitting MCE entry init instruction to NIX admin queue.
Also did a minor cleanup while installing bcast match entry in
packet parser unit i.e NPC.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Added new CGX firmware interface API for sending link up/down
commands
- Do link up for cgx lmac ports by default at the time of CGX
driver probe. Since cgx link up in driver probe affects the
Linux boot time, linkup procedure is kept threaded using
workqueues.
For this, a new cgx API cgx_lmac_linkup_start has been added.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added provision to unregister cgx event callbacks.
This enables the exit path to ensure event callbacks are
unregistered before workqueues get destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For this, cgx_id(struct cgx) definition has been changed to
reflect cgx port id instead of device instance id.
Now cgx_id can be directly used as channel offset for NPC configuration.
Assumptions on contiguous cgx port ids has been removed from
nix_calibrate_x2p as well.
As a side effect, allocation of conversion tables that were based
on cgx count are changed to cgx port id max value.
Tables would return NULL for invalid cgx ports.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Do CGX init before NIX init
This would add consistency in NIX code that depends on cgx ports
* Few other misc cleanups
- rvu_cgx_probe renamed as rvu_cgx_init for consistency
- rvu_cgx_exit wrapper added to take care of the exit path
- Added error check on cgx_lmac_event_handler_init
- Minor cleanups in cgx.h related to tab alignment
- Removed redundant ids from enum cgx_cmd_id
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fixes the smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c:4252 mvneta_ethtool_set_eee() warn:
unsigned 'eee->tx_lpi_timer' is never less than zero.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errata 35038
Software sets NIX_AF_RX_SW_SYNC[ENA] to sync (flush) in-flight packets
the RX data path before configuration changes (e.g. disabling one or
more RQs). Hardware clears [ENA] to indicate sync is done
An issue exists whereby NIX may clear NIX_AF_RX_SW_SYNC [ENA] too
early.
Errata 35057
NIX may corrupt internal state when conditional clocks turn off.
So turnon all clocks by default.
Errata 35786
Parse nibble enable NPC configuration for KEY generation has to be
identical for both Rx and Tx interfaces.
Also corrected endianness configuration for NIX i.e NIX_AF_CFG[AF_BE]
is bit8 and not bit1.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerin Jacob <jerinj@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add interrupt handlers for Master Enable events from PFs
and Master Enable events from VFs of AF
- Master Enable is required for the MSIX delivery to work
- Master Enable bit trap handler doesn't have to do any anything
other than clearing the TRPEND bit, since the enable/disable
requirements are already taken care using mbox requests/flr handler.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support to handle FLR for AF's VFs (i.e LBK VFs).
Just the FLR interrupt enable/disable, handler registration
etc, actual HW resource cleanup or LFs teardown logic is
already there.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure AF VFs such that they are able to talk over consecutive
loopback channels.
If 8 VFs are attached to AF then communication will work as below:
TX RX
lbk0 -> lbk1
lbk1 -> lbk0
lbk2 -> lbk3
lbk3 -> lbk2
lbk4 -> lbk5
lbk5 -> lbk4
lbk6 -> lbk7
lbk7 -> lbk6
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable all AF VFs during probe. Since AF's VFs work in pairs
(eg: Pkts sent on VF0 are received by VF1 and viceversa),
enable only even number of VFs out of totalVFs, which should
again be less than number of loopback (LBK) channels.
Also enable VF's mailbox interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VFs attached to PFs other than AF can not communicate with AF
directly. Instead they are supposed to first send message to
the PF they are residing on and PF forwards it to the AF.
Responses to messages are handled in the reverse order.
On the other hand if VFs are on AF (PF0) itself then direct mailbox
communication is possible since there's no other PF in the way.
This patch addresses this particular case and adds support for
handling it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marko Kallio <mkallio@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving FLR IRQ for a RVU PF, teardown or cleanup
resources held by that PF_FUNC. This patch cleans up,
NIX LF
- Stop ingress/egress traffic
- Disable NPC MCAM entries being used.
- Free Tx scheduler queues
- Disable RQ/SQ/CQ HW contexts
NPA LF
- Disable Pool/Aura HW contexts
In future teardown of SSO/SSOW/TIM/CPT will be added.
Also added a mailbox message for a RVU PF to request
AF, to perform FLR for a RVU VF under it.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RVU admin function (AF) has all the priviliges to cleanup
HW state when VFIO triggers a PCIe function level reset (FLR)
due to either reset or a VM crash. FLR for RVU PF1-PFn will
trigger an IRQ to AF.
This patch enables all RVU PF's FLR interrupts and registers a
handler. Upon receiving an interrupt, a workqueue is scheduled
to cleanup all hardware blocks being used by the PF which
received the FLR.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While mapping a NIX LF to a NPA LF attached PF_FUNC or
SSO LF attached PF_FUNC, verify if PF_FUNC is valid and
if that PF_FUNC has a LF of that block attached to it or not.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This works by shadowing existing UCAST MCAM entry
with a new one additionally matching either NPC_LT_LB_CTAG
or NPC_LT_LB_STAG. For this to fully work one needs to
send properly configured NIX_VTAG_CFG message afterwards i.e with
strip and capture enabled and type set to 0.
On receiving tagged packet NIX will remove outer VLAN and capture
TCI in NIX_RX_PARSE_S.
Also simplified RX Vtag configuration flow
With this setting STRIP/CAPTURE VTAG actions separately would be
possible. Following combinations are possible: STRIP,
STRIP and CAPTURE, CAPTURE or nothing (0 disables respective actions).
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a PF/VF with a NIXLF attached has default/reserved MCAM entries
for receiving Ucast/Bcast/Promisc traffic. Ideally traffic should be
forwarded to NIXLF only after it's contexts are initialized. This
patch keeps these default entries disabled and adds mbox messages
for a PF/VF to enable these once NPA/NIXLF initialization is done.
Likewise while PF/VF is being teared down, it can send the disable
mailbox message to stop receiving traffic.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added basic default MKEX profile. This profile tells
hardware what data to extract from packet and where to
place it (bit offset) in final KEY generated for the
parsed packet. Based on the bit placement of the packet
data, MCAM entries have to programmed for matching.
Also added a msg to retrieve this MKEX profile from PF/VF
which inturn can process it to determine how MCAM entry
has to be populated.
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shukla <sshukla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Tolstov <ytolstov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new mailbox message is added to support allocating a MCAM entry
along with a counter and configuring it in one go. This reduces
the amount of mailbox communication involved in installing a new
MCAM rule.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alloc memory to save MCAM 'entry to counter' mapping and since
multiple entries can map to same counter, added counter's reference
count tracking.
Do 'entry to counter' mapping when a entry is being installed
and mbox msg sender requested to configure a counter as well.
Mapping is removed when a entry or counter is being freed or
a explicit mbox msg is received to unmap them.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NPC HW has counters which can be mapped to MCAM
entries to gather entry match statistics. This
patch adds support to allocate, free, clear and retrieve
stats of NPC MCAM counters. New mailbox messages have
been added for this. Similar to MCAM entries both
contiguous and non-contiguous counter allocation is
supported.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a RVU PF/VF to enable, disable, configure
and shuffle MCAM entries via mbox commands. This patch adds
mailbox message formats and handling of these commands.
As of now otherthan validating MCAM entry index, info like
channel number e.t.c in MCAM config data sent by PF/VF are
not validated.
Also a max of 64 MCAM entries can be shuffled with a single
mbox command.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds NPC MCAM entry management and support for
allocating and freeing them via mailbox. Both contiguous and
non-contiguous allocations are supported. Incase of contiguous,
if request cannot be met then max contiguous number of available
entries are allocated.
High or low priority index allocation w.r.t a reference MCAM index
is also supported.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mailbox message handling is done in a workqueue context scheduled
from interrupt handler. So resource locks does not need to be a spinlock.
Therefore relax them into a mutex so that later on we may use them
in routines that might sleep.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds reading HW limits like number of Rx/Tx stats,
number of queue IRQs supported per NIX LF from AF registers
and sync them to PF/VF.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar <kirankumark@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for RVU PF/VFs to modify min/max
packet lengths allowed by HW. For VFs on PF0, settings will
be automatically applied on LBK link. RX link's min/maxlen
is configured to min/max of PF and it's all VFs. On the TX side
if requested all SMQs attached to the requesting NIXLF will be
updated with new min/max lengths.
Also updates transmit credits for Tx links based on new maxlen.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts all mailbox message handler API
names to lowercase.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using 2.5G speed relies on the SerDes lanes being configured
accordingly. The lanes have to be reconfigured to switch between
1G and 2.5G, and for now only the bootloader does this configuration.
In the case we add a Comphy driver to handle switching the lanes
dynamically, it's better for now to stick with supporting only 1G and
add advertisement for 2.5G once we really are capable of handling both
speeds without problem.
Since the interface mode is initialy taken from the DT, we want to make
sure that adding comphy support won't break boards that don't update
their dtb.
Fixes: da58a931f2 ("net: mvneta: Add support for 2500Mbps SGMII")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few MAC/PHYs combinations which now support > 1Gbps. These
may need to make use of link modes with bits > 31. Thus their
supported PHY features or advertised features cannot be implemented
using the current bitmap in a u32. Convert to using a linkmode bitmap,
which can support all the currently devices link modes, and is future
proof as more modes are added.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reserved variable should be named reserved1.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2 driver has the curious behaviour of passing a stack variable
to irq_set_affinity_hint(), which results in the kernel exploding
the first time anyone accesses this information. News flash: userspace
does, and irqbalance will happily take the machine down. Great stuff.
An easy fix is to track the mask within the queue_vector structure,
and to make sure it has the same lifetime as the interrupt itself.
Fixes: e531f76757 ("net: mvpp2: handle cases where more CPUs are available than s/w threads")
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function nix_update_mce_list() is called from
nix_update_bcast_mce_list(), and a spin lock is held
here, so we should use GFP_ATOMIC instead.
Fixes: 4b05528ebf ("octeontx2-af: Update bcast list upon NIXLF alloc/free")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a copy and paste bug where we copied the sizeof() from the chunk
before. We're copying more data than intended but the destination is a
union so it doesn't cause memory corruption.
Fixes: ffb0abd7e9 ("octeontx2-af: NIX AQ instruction enqueue support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default NIXLF is set in UCAST mode. This patch adds a new
mailbox message which when sent by a RVU PF changes this default
mode. When promiscuous mode is needed, the reserved promisc entry
for each of RVU PF is setup to match against ingress channel number
only, so that all pkts on that channel are accepted and forwarded
to the mode change requesting PF_FUNC's NIXLF.
PROMISC and ALLMULTI modes are supported only for PFs, for VFs only
UCAST mode is supported.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added a new mailbox message for a PF/VF to set/update
it's NIXLF's MAC address. Also updates unicast NPC
MCAM entry with this address as matching DMAC.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a RVU PF/VF to change
NIX Rx flowkey algorithm index in NPC RX RSS_ACTION.
eg: a ethtool command changing RSS algorithm for a netdev
interface would trigger this change in NPC.
If PF/VF doesn't specify any MCAM entry index then default
UCAST entry of the NIXLF attached to PF/VF will be updated
with RSS_ACTION and flowkey index.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure NIX RX flowkey algorithm configuration to support
RSS (receive side scaling). Currently support for only L3/L4
2-tuple and 4-tuple hash of IPv4/v6/TCP/UDP/SCTP is added.
HW supports upto 32 different flowkey algorithms which SW
can define, this patch defines 9. NPC RX ACTION has to point
to one of these flowkey indices for RSS to work.
The configuration is dependent on NPC parse result's layer
info. So if NPC KPU profile changes suchthat LID/LTYPE values
of above said protocols change then this configuration will
most likely be effected.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon NIXLF_ALLOC install a unicast forwarding rule in NPC MCAM
like below
- Match pkt DMAC with NIXLF attached PF/VF's MAC address.
- Ingress channel
- Action is UCAST
- Forward to PF_FUNC of this NIXLF
And broadcast pkt forwarding rule as
- Match L2B bit in MCAM search key
- Ingress channel
- Action is UCAST, for now, later it will be changed to MCAST.
Only PFs can install this rule
Upon NIXLF_FREE disable all MCAM entries in use by that NIXLF.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add LMAC channel info like Rx/Tx channel base and count to
NIXLF_ALLOC mailbox message response. This info is used by
NIXLF attached RVU PF/VF to configure SQ's default channel,
TL3_TL2_LINKX_CFG and to install MCAM rules in NPC based
on matching ingress channel number.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Duszynski <tduszynski@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds some minimal configuration for NPC MCAM and
LDATA extraction which is sufficient enough to install
ucast/bcast/promiscuous forwarding rules. Below is the
config done
- LDATA extraction config to extract DMAC from pkt
to offset 64bit in MCAM search key.
- Set MCAM lookup keysize to 224bits
- Set MCAM TX miss action to UCAST_DEFAULT
- Set MCAM RX miss action to DROP
Also inorder to have guaranteed space in MCAM to install
ucast forwarding rule for each of RVU PF/VF, reserved
one MCAM entry for each of NIXLF for ucast rule. And two
entries for each of RVU PF. One for bcast pkt replication
and other for promiscuous mode which allows all pkts
received on a HW CGX/LBK channel.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Config NPC layer info from KPU profile into protocol
checker to identify outer L2/IPv4/TCP/UDP headers in a
packet. And enable IPv4 checksum validation.
L3/L4 and L4 CSUM validation will be enabled by PF/VF
drivers by configuring NIX_AF_LF(0..127)_RX_CFG via mbox
i.e 'nix_lf_alloc_req->rx_cfg'
Also enable setting of NPC_RESULT_S[L2B] when an outer
L2 broadcast address is detected. This will help in
installing NPC MCAM rules for broadcast packets.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for PF/VF drivers to configure NIX to
capture and/or strip VLAN tag from ingress packets.
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vamsi.attunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon NIXLF ALLOC/FREE, add or remove corresponding PF_FUNC from
the broadcast packet replication list of the CGX LMAC mapped
RVU PF.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate memory for mcast/bcast/mirror replication entry
contexts, replication buffers (used by HW) and config HW
with corresponding memory bases. Added support for installing
MCEs via NIX AQ mbox.
For now support is restricted to broadcast pkt replication,
hence MCE table size and number of replication buffers
allocated are less. Each CGX LMAC mapped RVU PF is assigned
a MCE table of size 'num VFs of that PF + PF'.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For each CGX LMAC that is mapped to a RVU PF, allocate
a pkind and config the same in CGX. For a received packet
at CGX LMAC interface this pkind is used by NPC block
to start parsing of packet.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures all 16 KPUs and iKPU (pkinds) with
the KPU parser profile defined in npc_profile.h. Each KPU
engine has a 128 entry CAM, only CAM entries which are listed
in the profile are enabled and rest are left disabled.
Also
- Memory is allocated for pkind's bitmap and PFFUNC, interface
channel mapping.
- Added all CSR offsets of NPC HW block.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NPC block is responsible for parsing and forwarding
packets to different NIXLFs. NPC has 16 KPU engines
(Kangaroo parse engine) and one iKPU which represents
pkinds. Each physical port either CGX/LBK is assigned
a pkind and upon receiving a packet HW takes that port's
pkind and starts parsing as per the KPU engines config.
This patch adds header files which contain configuration
profile/array for each of the iKPU and 16 KPU engines.
Signed-off-by: Hao Zheng <hao.zheng@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new mailbox message to reset
a NIXLF's receive and transmit HW stats.
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Attunuru <vamsi.attunuru@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a PF/VF driver to configure
NIX transmit scheduler queues via mbox. Since PF/VF doesn't
know the absolute HW index of the NIXLF attached to it, AF
traps the register config and overwrites with the correct
NIXLF index.
HW supports shaping, colouring and policing of packets with
these multilevel traffic scheduler queues. Instead of
introducing different mbox message formats for different
configurations and making both AF & PF/VF driver implementation
cumbersome, access to the scheduler queue's CSRs is provided
via mbox. AF checks whether the sender PF/VF has the
corresponding queue allocated or not and dumps the config
to HW. With a single mbox msg 20 registers can be configured.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for a PF/VF to allocate or free NIX transmit
scheduler queues via mbox. For setting up pkt transmission
priorities between queues, the scheduler queues have to be
contiguous w.r.t their HW indices. So both contiguous and
non-contiguous allocations are supported.
Upon receiving NIX_TXSCH_FREE mbox msg all scheduler queues
allocated to sending PFFUNC (PF/VF) will be freed. Selective
free is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nithin Dabilpuram <ndabilpuram@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c: In function 'rvu_detach_rsrcs':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c:855:6: warning:
variable 'devnum' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c:853:7: warning:
variable 'is_pf' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c: In function 'rvu_mbox_handler_ATTACH_RESOURCES':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c:1054:7: warning:
variable 'is_pf' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu.c:1053:6: warning:
variable 'devnum' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It never used since introduction in commit
746ea74241 ("octeontx2-af: Add RVU block LF provisioning support")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu_npa.c: In function 'rvu_npa_init':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/rvu_npa.c:446:20: warning:
variable 'block' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It never used since introduction in
commit 7a37245ef2 ("octeontx2-af: NPA block admin queue init")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a RVU PF/VF to disable all RQ/SQ/CQ
contexts of a NIX LF via mbox. This will be used by PF/VF drivers
upon teardown or while freeing up HW resources.
A HW context which is not INIT'ed cannot be modified and a
RVU PF/VF driver may or may not INIT all the RQ/SQ/CQ contexts.
So a bitmap is introduced to keep track of enabled NIX RQ/SQ/CQ
contexts, so that only enabled hw contexts are disabled upon LF
teardown.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a RVU PF/VF to submit instructions to NIX AQ
via mbox. Instructions can be to init/write/read RQ/SQ/CQ/RSS
contexts. In case of read, context will be returned as part of
response to the mbox msg received.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate bitmaps and memory for PFVF mapping info for
maintaining NIX transmit scheduler queues maintenance.
PF/VF drivers will request for alloc, free e.t.c of
Tx schedulers via mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Config LSO formats for TSOv4 and TSOv6 offloads.
These formats tell HW which fields in the TCP packet's
headers have to be updated while performing segmentation
offload.
Also report PF/VF drivers the LSO format indices as part
of response to NIX_LF_ALLOC mbox msg. These indices are
used in SQE extension headers while framing SQE for pkt
transmission with TSO offload.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving NIX_LF_ALLOC mbox message allocate memory for
NIXLF's CQ, SQ, RQ, CINT, QINT and RSS HW contexts and configure
respective base iova HW. Enable caching of contexts into NIX NDC.
Return SQ buffer (SQB) size, this PF/VF MAC address etc info
e.t.c to the mbox msg sender.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize NIX admin queue (AQ) i.e alloc memory for
AQ instructions and for the results. All NIX LFs will submit
instructions to AQ to init/write/read RQ/SQ/CQ/RSS contexts
and in case of read, get context from result memory.
Also before configuring/using NIX block calibrate X2P bus
and check if NIX interfaces like CGX and LBK are in active
and working state.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a RVU PF/VF to disable all Aura/Pool
contexts of a NPA LF via mbox. This will be used by PF/VF drivers
upon teardown or while freeing up HW resources.
A HW context which is not INIT'ed cannot be modified and a
RVU PF/VF driver may or may not INIT all the Aura/Pool contexts.
So a bitmap is introduced to keep track of enabled NPA Aura/Pool
contexts, so that only enabled hw contexts are disabled upon LF
teardown.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a RVU PF/VF to submit instructions to NPA AQ
via mbox. Instructions can be to init/write/read Aura/Pool/Qint
contexts. In case of read, context will be returned as part of
response to the mbox msg received.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving NPA_LF_ALLOC mbox message allocate memory for
NPALF's aura, pool and qint contexts and configure the same
to HW. Enable caching of contexts into NPA NDC.
Return pool related info like stack size, num pointers per
stack page e.t.c to the mbox msg sender.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize NPA admin queue (AQ) i.e alloc memory for
AQ instructions and for the results. All NPA LFs will submit
instructions to AQ to init/write/read Aura/Pool contexts
and in case of read, get context from result memory.
Added some common APIs for allocating memory for a queue
and get IOVA in return, these APIs will be used by
NIX AQ and for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to enable or disable internal loopback mode in CGX.
New mbox IDs CGX_INTLBK_ENABLE/DISABLE added for this.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving notification from firmware the CGX event handler
in the AF driver gets the current link info such as status, speed,
duplex etc from CGX driver and sends it across to PFs who have
registered to receive such notifications.
To support above
- Mbox messaging support for sending msgs from AF to PF has been added.
- Added mbox msgs so that PFs can register/unregister for link events.
- Link notifications are sent to PF under two scenarioss.
1. When a asynchronous link change notification is received from
firmware with notification flag turned on for that PF.
2. Upon notification turn on request, the current link status is
send to the PF.
Also added a new mailbox msg using which RVU PF/VF can retrieve
their mapped CGX LMAC's current link info. Link info includes
status, speed, duplex and lmac type.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting MAC address filters in CGX
for PF interfaces. Also PF interfaces can be put in promiscuous
mode. Dataplane PFs access this functionality using mailbox
messages to the AF driver.
Signed-off-by: Vidhya Raman <vraman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Kardach <skardach@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a RVU PF/VF driver to retrieve
it's mapped CGX LMAC Rx and Tx stats from AF via mbox.
New mailbox msg is added is added.
Signed-off-by: Christina Jacob <cjacob@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added new mailbox msgs for RVU PF/VFs to request AF
to enable/disable their mapped CGX::LMAC Rx & Tx.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looping on a integer timeout, use time_before(jiffies),
so that maximum poll time is capped.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Suggested-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added driver causes a warning about a function that is
not used anywhere:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/cgx.c:320:12: error: 'cgx_fwi_link_change' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
Remove it for now, until a user gets added. If we want to use this
function from another module, we also need a declaration in a header
file, which is currently missing, so it would have to change anyway.
Fixes: 1463f382f5 ("octeontx2-af: Add support for CGX link management")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/cgx.c: In function 'cgx_fwi_event_handler':
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2/af/cgx.c:257:17: warning:
variable 'dev' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It never be used since introduction in
commit 1463f382f5 ("octeontx2-af: Add support for CGX link management")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support in RVU AF driver to register for
CGX LMAC link status change events from firmware
and managing them. Processing part will be added
in followup patches.
- Introduced eventqueue for posting events from cgx lmac.
Queueing mechanism will ensure that events can be posted
and firmware can be acked immediately and hence event
reception and processing are decoupled.
- Events gets added to the queue by notification callback.
Notification callback is expected to be atomic, since it
is called from interrupt context.
- Events are dequeued and processed in a worker thread.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CGX LMAC initialization, link status polling etc is done
by low level secure firmware. For link management this patch
adds a interface or communication mechanism between firmware
and this kernel CGX driver.
- Firmware interface specification is defined in cgx_fw_if.h.
- Support to send/receive commands/events to/form firmware.
- events/commands implemented
* link up
* link down
* reading firmware version
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nithya Mani <nmani@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each of the enabled CGX LMAC is considered a physical
interface and RVU PFs are mapped to these. VFs of these
SRIOV PFs will be virtual interfaces and share CGX LMAC
along with PF.
This mapping info will be used later on for Rx/Tx pkt steering.
Signed-off-by: Linu Cherian <lcherian@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic template for Marvell OcteonTX2's
CGX ethernet interface driver. Just the probe.
RVU AF driver will use APIs exported by this driver
for various things like PF to physical interface mapping,
loopback mode, interface stats etc. Hence marged both
drivers into a single module.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW interprets RVU_AF_MSIXTR_BASE address as an IOVA, hence
create a IOMMU mapping for the physcial address configured by
firmware and reconfig RVU_AF_MSIXTR_BASE with IOVA.
Signed-off-by: Geetha sowjanya <gakula@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware configures a certain number of MSIX vectors to each of
enabled RVU PF/VF. When a block LF is attached to a PF/VF, number
of MSIX vectors needed by that LF are set aside (out of PF/VF's
total MSIX vectors) and LF's msix_offset is configured in HW.
Also added support for a RVU PF/VF to retrieve that block LF's
MSIX vector offset information from AF via mbox.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for a RVU PF/VF to request AF via mailbox
to attach or detach NPA/NIX/SSO/SSOW/TIM/CPT block LFs.
Also supports partial detachment and modifying current
LF attached count of a certian block type.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Scan all RVU blocks to find any 'LF to RVU PF/VF' mapping done by
low level firmware. If found any, mark them as used in respective
block's LF bitmap and also save mapped PF/VF's PF_FUNC info.
This is done to avoid reattaching a block LF to a different RVU PF/VF.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With 10's of mailbox messages expected to be handled in future,
checking for message id could become a lengthy switch case. Hence
added a macro to auto generate the switch case for each msg id.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for mailbox interrupt and message
handling. Mapped mailbox region and registered a workqueue
for message handling. Enabled mailbox IRQ of RVU PFs
and registered a interrupt handler. When IRQ is triggered
work is added to the mbox workqueue for msgs to get processed.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds mailbox support infrastructure APIs.
Each RVU device has a dedicated 64KB mailbox region
shared with it's peer for communication. RVU AF has
a separate mailbox region shared with each of RVU PFs
and a RVU PF has a separate region shared with each of
it's VF.
These set of APIs are used by this driver (RVU AF) and
other RVU PF/VF drivers eg netdev, crypto e.t.c.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <amakarov@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Bartosik <lbartosik@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch gathers NPA/NIX/SSO/SSOW/TIM/CPT RVU blocks's
HW info like number of LFs. Important register offsets
saved for later use to avoid code duplication for each block.
A bitmap is allocated for each of the blocks which later
on will be used to allocate a LF for a RVU PF/VF.
Also added RVU NIX/NPA block registers and few registers
of other blocks.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Go through all BLKADDRs and check which ones are implemented
on this silicon and do a HW reset of each implemented block.
Also added all RVU AF and PF register offsets.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic template for Marvell OcteonTX2's
resource virtualization unit (RVU) admin function (AF)
driver. Just the driver registration and probe.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading the L3 and L4 csum computation on TX, we need to extract
the l3_proto from the ethtype, independently of the presence of a vlan
tag.
The actual driver uses skb->protocol as-is, resulting in packets with
the wrong L4 checksum being sent when there's a vlan tag in the packet
header and checksum offloading is enabled.
This commit makes use of vlan_protocol_get() to get the correct ethtype
regardless the presence of a vlan tag.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is one step in allowing phylib to make use of link_mode bitmaps,
instead of u32 for supported and advertised features. Convert the phy
drivers to use bitmaps to indicates the features they support.
Build bitmap equivalents of the u32 values at runtime, and have the
drivers point to the appropriate bitmap. These bitmaps are shared, and
we don't want a driver to modify them. So mark them __ro_after_init.
Within phylib, the features bitmap is currently turned back into a
u32. This will be removed once the whole of phylib, and the drivers
are converted to use bitmaps.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta controller can handle speeds up to 2500Mbps on the SGMII
interface. This relies on serdes configuration, the lane must be
configured at 3.125Gbps and we can't use in-band autoneg at that speed.
The main issue when supporting that speed on this particular controller
is that the link partner can send ethernet frames with a shortened
preamble, which if not explicitly enabled in the controller will cause
unexpected behaviours.
This was tested on Armada 385, with the comphy configuration done in
bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Version bump conflict in batman-adv, take what's in net-next.
iavf conflict, adjustment of netdev_ops in net-next conflicting
with poll controller method removal in net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG enabled we get DMA unmapping warning in
various places of the mvneta driver, for example when putting down an
interface while traffic is passing through.
The issue is when using s/w buffer management, the Rx buffers are mapped
using dma_map_page but unmapped with dma_unmap_single. This patch fixes
this by using the right unmapping function.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows each TXQ to be picked in a round-robin fashion by
the PPv2 transmit scheduling mechanism. This is opposed to the default
behaviour that prioritizes the highest numbered queues.
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the PPv2 controller has multiple TX queues, we can spread traffic
by assining TX queues to CPUs, allowing to use XPS to balance egress
traffic between CPUs.
Suggested-by : Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG enabled we now get a warning when using the
mvneta driver:
mvneta d0030000.ethernet: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with
wrong function [device address=0x000000001165b000] [size=4096 bytes]
[mapped as page] [unmapped as single]
This is because when using the s/w buffer management, the Rx descriptor
buffer is mapped with dma_map_page but unmapped with dma_unmap_single.
This patch fixes this by using the right unmapping function.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit call to netif_carrier_off() in
mvneta_open() as this is already handled in phylink_start().
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the explicit call to netif_carrier_off() in PPv2's
open() path, as this is now handled in phylink_start().
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the mvpp2_percpu_read/write/... functions aren't really per-cpu but
per s/w thread, rename them to include 'thread' instead of 'percpu'.
This is a cosmetic patch.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 network controller has 9 internal threads. The driver
works fine when there are less CPUs available than threads. This isn't
true if more CPUs are available. As this is a valid use case, handle
this particular case.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch maps all uses of the CPU to threads. All this_cpu calls are
replaced, and all smp_processor_id() calls are wrapped into the
indirection.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reworks the Marvell PPv2 driver to stop using directly the
CPU number to access per-thread registers.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Marvell PPv2 driver the mvpp2_read_relaxed function is only used
in a single file. Make it static and remove its prototype from the
header.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 driver has per-cpu functions. As they only are used in
the main file, make them static and remove their prototype from the
header.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates the PPv2 driver so that all CPU variables are unsigned, as it
makes no sense to have a negative CPU number. This patch is cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2.2 engine only has 8 Rx queues per CPU, while PPv2.1 has
16 of them. This patch updates the code so that the Rx queues mask width
is selected given the version of the network controller used.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the probing function so that the queue mode isn't
updated while probing, as the driver would silently end up using a
configuration not wanted by the user. The patch adds an extra check to
validate the chosen queue mode instead, and the driver will fail to
probe if the configuration is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames the IRQs in the Marvell PPv2 driver as their current
names match the way they are used in software. But this will change in
the future, and those IRQs have nothing to do with Rx/Tx interrupts
(this can be configured). The new binding also describe more interrupts
as some where left out.
The old binding support is kept for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets the number of s/w threads to 9, its maximum value,
instead of 8. This is not a fix as only 4 of the s/w threads were used
so far, but more could be used in the future.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no Tx IRQ is available, the txq_done() routine (called from
tx_done()) shouldn't be called from the polling function, as in such
case it is already called in the Tx path thanks to an hrtimer. This
mostly occurred when using PPv2.1, as the engine then do not have Tx
IRQs.
Fixes: edc660fa09 ("net: mvpp2: replace TX coalescing interrupts with hrtimer")
Reported-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Net drivers using phylink shouldn't mess with the link carrier
themselves and should let phylink manage it. The mvpp2 driver wasn't
following this best practice as the mac_config() function made calls to
change the link carrier state. This led to wrongly reported carrier link
state which then triggered other issues. This patch fixes this
behaviour.
But the PPv2 driver relied on this misbehaviour in two cases: for fixed
links and when not using phylink (ACPI mode). The later was fixed by
adding an explicit call to link_up(), which when the ACPI mode will use
phylink should be removed.
The fixed link case was relying on the mac_config() function to set the
link up, as we found an issue in phylink_start() which assumes the
carrier is off. If not, the link_up() function is never called. To fix
this, a call to netif_carrier_off() is added just before phylink_start()
so that we do not introduce a regression in the driver.
Fixes: 4bb0432628 ("net: mvpp2: phylink support")
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the loop of mvneta_tx_done_gbe(), we call the smp_processor_id()
each time, move the call out of the loop to optimize the code a bit.
Before the patch, the loop looks like(under arm64):
ldr x1, [x29,#120]
...
ldr w24, [x1,#36]
...
bl 0 <_raw_spin_lock>
str w24, [x27,#132]
...
After the patch, the loop looks like(under arm64):
...
bl 0 <_raw_spin_lock>
str w23, [x28,#132]
...
where w23 is loaded so be ready before the loop.
>From another side, mvneta_tx_done_gbe() is called from mvneta_poll()
which is in non-preemptible context, so it's safe to call the
smp_processor_id() function once.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code and HW supports NETIF_F_RXCSUM, so let's enable it by default.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_gro_receive() checks NETIF_F_GRO bit as well, if the bit is not
set, we will go through GRO_NORMAL in napi_skb_finish(), so fall back
to netif_receive_skb_internal(), so we don't need to check NETIF_F_GRO
ourself.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without a valid of_node in struct device we can't find the mvpp2 port
device by its DT node. Specifically, this breaks
of_find_net_device_by_node().
For example, the Armada 8040 based Clearfog GT-8K uses Marvell 88E6141
switch connected to the &cp1_eth2 port:
&cp1_mdio {
...
switch0: switch0@4 {
compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085";
...
ports {
...
port@5 {
reg = <5>;
label = "cpu";
ethernet = <&cp1_eth2>;
};
};
};
};
Without this patch, dsa_register_switch() returns -EPROBE_DEFER because
of_find_net_device_by_node() can't find the device_node of the &cp1_eth2
device.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to remove the node name pointer from struct device_node,
convert printf users to use the %pOFn format specifier.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Cc: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta Ethernet driver is used on a few different Marvell SoCs.
Some SoCs have per cpu interrupts for Ethernet events, the driver uses
a per CPU napi structure for this case. Some SoCs such as armada 3700
have a single interrupt for Ethernet events, the driver uses a global
napi structure for this case.
Current mvneta_config_rss() always operates the per cpu napi structure.
Fix it by operating a global napi for "single interrupt" case, and per
cpu napi structure for remaining cases.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Fixes: 2636ac3cc2 ("net: mvneta: Add network support for Armada 3700 SoC")
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With system having a small memory (around 256MB), the state "cannot
allocate memory to refill with new buffer" is reach pretty quickly.
By this patch we changed buffer allocation method to a better handling of
this use case by avoiding memory allocation issues.
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the checksum offload feature is not set, then there is no point to
check the status of the hardware.
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of trying to allocate the exact amount of memory for each
descriptor use a page for each of them, it allows to simplify the
allocation management and increase the performance of the driver.
Based on the work of Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to improve the diagnostic in case of error, make the distinction
between refill error and skb allocation error. Also make the information
available through the ethtool state.
Based on the work of Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial values were too small leading to poor performance when using
the software buffer management.
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory: extract from a larger patch]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On year ago Rob Herring wanted to remove the data pointer from the
device_node structure[1]. The mvneta driver seemed to be the only one
which used (abused ?) it. However, the proposal of Rob to remove this
pointer from the driver introduced a regression, and I tested and fixed an
alternative way, but it was never submitted as a proper patch.
Now here it is: Instead of using the device_node structure ->data
pointer, we store the BM private data as the driver data of the BM
platform_device. The core mvneta code can retrieve it by doing a lookup
on which platform_device corresponds to the BM device tree node using
of_find_device_by_node(), and get its driver data
[1]https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg445197.html
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is incorrect to enable TX/RX queues (call by mvneta_port_up()) for
port without link. Indeed MTU change for interface without link causes TX
queues to stuck.
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP
network unit")
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
[gregory.clement: adding Fixes tags and rewording commit log]
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta Ethernet driver is used on a few different Marvell SoCs.
Some SoCs have per cpu interrupts for Ethernet events. Some SoCs have
a single interrupt, independent of the CPU. The driver handles this by
having a per CPU napi structure when there are per CPU interrupts, and
a global napi structure when there is a single interrupt.
When the napi core calls mvneta_poll(), it passes the napi
instance. This was not being propagated through the call chain, and
instead the per-cpu napi instance was passed to napi_gro_receive()
call. This breaks when there is a single global napi instance.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 2636ac3cc2 ("net: mvneta: Add network support for Armada 3700 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of the | operator always leads to true, which looks rather
suspect in this case.
Fix this by using & instead.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1471903 ("Wrong operator used")
Fixes: dba1d918da ("net: mvpp2: debugfs: add entries for classifier flows")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classification operations that are used for RSS make use of several
lookup tables. Having hit counters for these tables is really helpful
to determine what flows were matched by ingress traffic, and see the
path of packets among all the classifier tables.
This commit adds hit counters for the 3 tables used at the moment :
- The decoding table (also called lookup_id table), that links flows
identified by the Header Parser to the flow table.
There's one entry per flow, located at :
.../mvpp2/<controller>/flows/XX/dec_hits
Note that there are 21 flows in the decoding table, whereas there are
52 flows in the Header Parser. That's because there are several kind
of traffic that will match a given flow. Reading the hit counter from
one sub-flow will clear all hit counter that have the same flow_id.
This also applies to the flow_hits.
- The flow table, that contains all the different lookups to be
performed by the classifier for each packet of a given flow. The match
is done on the first entry of the flow sequence.
- The C2 engine entries, that are used to assign the default rx queue,
and enable or disable RSS for a given port.
There's one entry per flow, located at:
.../mvpp2/<controller>/flows/XX/flow_hits
There is one C2 entry per port, so the c2 hit counter is located at :
.../mvpp2/<controller>/ethX/c2_hits
All hit counter values are 16-bits clear-on-read values.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classifier configuration for RSS is quite complex, with several
lookup tables being used. This commit adds useful info in debugfs to
see how the different tables are configured :
Added 2 new entries in the per-port directory :
- .../eth0/default_rxq : The default rx queue on that port
- .../eth0/rss_enable : Indicates if RSS is enabled in the C2 entry
Added the 'flows' directory :
It contains one entry per sub-flow. a 'sub-flow' is a unique path from
Header Parser to the flow table. Multiple sub-flows can point to the
same 'flow' (each flow has an id from 8 to 29, which is its index in the
Lookup Id table) :
- .../flows/00/...
/01/...
...
/51/id : The flow id. There are 21 unique flows. There's one
flow per combination of the following parameters :
- L4 protocol (TCP, UDP, none)
- L3 protocol (IPv4, IPv6)
- L3 parameters (Fragmented or not)
- L2 parameters (Vlan tag presence or not)
.../type : The flow type. This is an even higher level flow,
that we manipulate with ethtool. It can be :
"udp4" "tcp4" "udp6" "tcp6" "ipv4" "ipv6" "other".
.../eth0/...
.../eth1/engine : The hash generation engine used for this
flow on the given port
.../hash_opts : The hash generation options indicating on
what data we base the hash (vlan tag, src
IP, src port, etc.)
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One helpful feature to help debug the Header Parser TCAM filter in PPv2
is to be able to see if the entries did match something when a packet
comes in. This can be done by using the built-in hit counter for TCAM
entries.
This commit implements reading the counter, and exposing its value on
debugfs for each filter entry.
The counter is a 16-bits clear-on-read value, located at:
.../mvpp2/<controller>/parser/XXX/hits
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell PPv2 Packer Header Parser has a TCAM based filter, that is not
trivial to configure and debug. Being able to dump TCAM entries from
userspace can be really helpful to help development of new features
and debug existing ones.
This commit adds a basic debugfs interface for the PPv2 driver, focusing
on TCAM related features.
<mnt>/mvpp2/ --- f2000000.ethernet
\- f4000000.ethernet --- parser --- 000 ...
| \- 001
| \- ...
| \- 255 --- ai
| \- header_data
| \- lookup_id
| \- sram
| \- valid
\- eth1 ...
\- eth2 --- mac_filter
\- parser_entries
\- vid_filter
There's one directory per PPv2 instance, named after pdev->name to make
sure names are uniques. In each of these directories, there's :
- one directory per interface on the controller, each containing :
- "mac_filter", which lists all filtered addresses for this port
(based on TCAM, not on the kernel's uc / mc lists)
- "parser_entries", which lists the indices of all valid TCAM
entries that have this port in their port map
- "vid_filter", which lists the vids allowed on this port, based on
TCAM
- one "parser" directory (the parser is common to all ports), containing :
- one directory per TCAM entry (256 of them, from 0 to 255), each
containing :
- "ai" : Contains the 1 byte Additional Info field from TCAM, and
- "header_data" : Contains the 8 bytes Header Data extracted from
the packet
- "lookup_id" : Contains the 4 bits LU_ID
- "sram" : contains the raw SRAM data, which is the result of the TCAM
lookup. This readonly at the moment.
- "valid" : Indicates if the entry is valid of not.
All entries are read-only, and everything is output in hex form.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the appropriate SPDX license identifiers and drop the license text.
This patch is only cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: f9358e12a0 ("net: mvpp2: split ingress traffic into multiple flows")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows setting the RSS hash generation parameters from
ethtool. When setting parameters for a given flow type from ethtool
(e.g. tcp4), all the corresponding flows in the flow table are updated,
according to the supported hash parameters.
For example, when configuring TCP over IPv4 hash parameters to be
src/dst IP + src/dst port ("ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash tcp4 sdfn"),
we only set the "src/dst port" hash parameters on the non-fragmented TCP
over IPv4 flows.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the classification action that can be performed is to compute a
hash of the packet header based on some header fields, and lookup a RSS
table based on this hash to determine the final RxQ.
This is done by adding one lookup entry per flow per port, so that we
can configure the hash generation parameters for each flow and each
port.
There are 2 possible engines that can be used for RSS hash generation :
- C3HA, that generates a hash based on up to 4 header-extracted fields
- C3HB, that does the same as c3HA, but also includes L4 info in the hash
There are a lot of fields that can be extracted from the header. For now,
we only use the ones that we can configure using ethtool :
- DST MAC address
- L3 info
- Source IP
- Destination IP
- Source port
- Destination port
The C3HB engine is selected when we use L4 fields (src/dst port).
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+---------+ +------------+ +--------------------------+ |
| RSS tbl |<--| Classifier |<--------| flow 0: C2 lookup | |
+---------+ +------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 | |
| | | C3 lookup port 1 | |
+-----------+ +-------------+ | ... | |
| C2 engine | | C3H engines | | flow 1: C2 lookup |<--+
+-----------+ +-------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 |
| ... |
| ... |
| flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| ... |
+--------------------------+
The C2 engine also gains the role of enabling and disabling the RSS
table lookup for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 classifier allows to perform classification operations on each
ingress packet, based on the flow the packet is assigned to.
The current code uses only 1 flow per port, and the only classification
action consists of assigning the rx queue to the packet, depending on the
port.
In preparation for adding RSS support, we have to split all incoming
traffic into different flows. Since RSS assigns a rx queue depending on
the hash of some header fields, we have to make sure that the hash is
generated in a consistent way for all packets in the same flow.
What we call a "flow" is actually a set of attributes attached to a
packet that depends on various L2/L3/L4 info.
This patch introduces 52 flows, wich are a combination of various L2, L3
and L4 attributes :
- Whether or not the packet has a VLAN tag
- Whether the packet is IPv4, IPv6 or something else
- Whether the packet is TCP, UDP or something else
- Whether or not the packet is fragmented at L3 level.
The flow is associated to a packet by the Header Parser. Each flow
corresponds to an entry in the decoding table. This entry then points to
the sequence of classification lookups to be performed by the
classifier, represented in the flow table.
For now, the only lookup we perform is a C2 lookup to set the default
rx queue.
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+------------+ +---------------------+ |
To RxQ <---| Classifier |<-------| flow 0: C2 lookup |<--------+
+------------+ | flow 1: C2 lookup |
| | ... |
+------------+ | flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| C2 engine | +---------------------+
+------------+
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 Controller has a classifier, that can perform multiple lookup
operations for each packet, using different engines.
One of these engines is the C2 engine, which performs TCAM based lookups
on data extracted from the packet header. When a packet matches an
entry, the engine sets various attributes, used to perform
classification operations.
One of these attributes is the rx queue in which the packet should be sent.
The current code uses the lookup_id table (also called decoding table)
to assign the rx queue. However, this only works if we use one entry per
port in the decoding table, which won't be the case once we add RSS
lookups.
This patch uses the C2 engine to assign the rx queue to each packet.
The C2 engine is used through the flow table, which dictates what
classification operations are done for a given flow.
Right now, we have one flow per port, which contains every ingress
packet for this port.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvpp22_init_rss function configures the RSS parameters for each port, so
rename it accordingly. Since this function relies on classifier
configuration, move its call right after the classifier config.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When filling the RSS table, we have to make sure that the rx queue is
attached to an online CPU.
This patch is not a full support for cpu_hotplug, but rather a way to
make sure that we don't break network on system booted with the maxcpus
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds an extra indirection when setting the indirection table
into the RSS hardware table to improve the packets distribution across
CPUs. For example, if 2 queues are used on a multi-core system this new
indirection will choose two queues on two different CPUs instead of the
two first queues which are on the same first CPU.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the RSS indirection table support, allowing to use the
ethtool -x and -X options to dump and set this table.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
[Maxime: Small warning fixes, use one table per port]
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2 Controller has 8 RSS Tables, of 32 entries each. A lookup in the
RXQ2RSS_TABLE is performed for each incoming packet, and the RSS Table
to be used is chosen according to the default rx queue that would be
used for the packet.
This default rx queue is set in the Lookup_id Table (also called
Decoding Table), and is equal to the port->first_rxq.
Since the Classifier itself isn't active at any time for the moment,
this doesn't have a direct effect, the default rx queue at the moment is
the one where all packets end-up into.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no RSS_TABLE register in PPv2 Controller. The register 0x1510
which was specified is actually named "RSS_HASH_SEL", but isn't used by
this driver at all.
Based on how this register was used, it should have been the
RXQ2RSS_TABLE register, which allows to select the RSS table that will
be used for the incoming packet.
The RSS_TABLE_POINTER is actually a field of this RXQ2RSS_TABLE
register.
Since RSS tables are actually not used by the driver for now, this
commit does not fix a runtime bug.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch fixing a typo in one of the RSS comments.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of receive queue per port is :
- MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ if in single queue mode
- MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ * num_possible_cpus if in multi queue mode
with MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ = 4.
However, we don't use the extra rx queues at the moment, we really only
need one per port per CPU, until some more advanced classification rules
are implemented.
Suggested-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a dedicated #define that indicates the number of rx queues per
port per cpu, this commit removes a harcoded use of that value
This doesn't fix any runtime bugs since the harcoded value matches the
expected value.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since RSS only applies when we have per-cpu rx queues, it should only
be enabled when the driver is configured to make use of multi-queue
mode.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Maxime: Commit message]
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The multi queue mode is needed to have RSS available, and offers some
nice advantages, being able to have one rx queue vector per CPU.
This mode has been usable through the use of a module parameter, this
commit makes it the default value.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 driver defines 2 "queue_modes" :
- QDIST_SINGLE_MODE, where each port share one rx queue vector
between all CPUs
- QDIST_MULTI_MODE, where each port has one rx queue vector per CPU.
Multi queue mode isn't available on PPv2.1, make sure we fallback to
single mode when running on this revision.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the the RSS indirection tables should be defined in mvpp2.h,
so that we can use it in all files of the PPv2 driver.
This commit moves the define in mvpp2.h, and adds the missing #include
in mvpp2_cls.h.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include guards should be put before #includes. This doesn't fix any bug,
but prevent future compilation issues when adding new files in the mvpp2
driver
The Header Parser init function needs the platform_device definition,
and with the fixed include guards we need to add the missing include.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 driver uses interrupts and tasklet but does not
explicitly include linux/interrupt.h, relying on implicit includes. This
one particularly is included by chance after a long unlogical chain of
inclusions. Fix this so we do not get future build breaks.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking the skb->protocol field, we have to make sure we use the
proper endianness using htons, and not swab16.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vlan IDs must not be swapped when creating Header Parser entries. This
has no effect on little-endian systems, but is wrong for big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2's Header Parser use some large TCAM and SRAM entries, that are
duplicated in software so that we can write them to hardware only when
we are done modifying them.
Currently, PPv2 uses a union containing arrays of u32 and u8 to represent
these entries, to facilitate byte per byte access. This representation is
broken when we want to support big endian, and this makes the code
confusing to read.
This patch drops the union, and simply stores the TCAM and SRAM entries
as u32 arrays, each entry corresponding to a 32-bit register.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 controller always expect descriptors to be in little endian. We
must therefore force descriptors to use that format, and convert to the
host endianness when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dependencies on HAS_DMA where a Kconfig symbol depends on another
symbol that implies HAS_DMA, and, optionally, on "|| COMPILE_TEST".
In most cases this other symbol is an architecture or platform specific
symbol, or PCI.
Generic symbols and drivers without platform dependencies keep their
dependencies on HAS_DMA, to prevent compiling subsystems or drivers that
cannot work anyway.
This simplifies the dependencies, and allows to improve compile-testing.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using s/w buffer management, buffers are allocated and DMA mapped.
When doing so on an arm64 platform, an offset correction is applied on
the DMA address, before storing it in an Rx descriptor. The issue is
this DMA address is then used later in the Rx path without removing the
offset correction. Thus the DMA address is wrong, which can led to
various issues.
This patch fixes this by removing the offset correction from the DMA
address retrieved from the Rx descriptor before using it in the Rx path.
Fixes: 8d5047cf9c ("net: mvneta: Convert to be 64 bits compatible")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: db9d7d36ee ("net: mvpp2: Split the PPv2 driver to a dedicated directory")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the mvpp2 driver is growing, move this driver to a dedicated
directory and split it into several files.
Since this driver has a lot of register defines and structure
definitions, it can benefit from having all of this into a dedicated
header file, named mvpp2.h.
A good chunk of the mvpp2 code is dedicated to Header Parser handling, so
we introduce mvpp2_prs.h where all Header Parser definitions are located,
and mvpp2_prs.c containing the related code.
In the same way, mvpp2_cls.h and mvpp2_cls.c are created to contain
Classifier and RSS related code.
The former 'mvpp2.c' file is renamed 'mvpp2_main.c' so that we can keep
the driver binary named 'mvpp2'.
This commit is only about spliting the driver into multiple files and
doesn't introduce any new function, feature or fix besides removing
'static' keywords when needed.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell PPv2 Header Parser sets some bits in the 'result_info' field in
each lookup iteration, to identify different packet attributes such as
DSA / VLAN tag, protocol infos, etc. This is used in further
classification stages in the controller.
It's the DSA tag detection entry that is in charge of detecting when there
is a single VLAN tag.
This commits adds the missing update of the result_info in this case.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch on the Marvell PPv2 driver is only cosmetic. Two typos are
removed as well as other cosmetic fixes, such as extra new lines or tabs
vs spaces.
Suggested-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent flood of RX error prints during heavy traffic with weak signal
in link by checking net_ratelimit() before using netdev_err().
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: small rework, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove special stop/start handling from the set_mac_address callback.
All this special care is not needed, and can be removed. It also
simplifies the up/down status in the driver and helps avoiding possible
link status mismatch issues.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid repeating the check for free aggregated descriptors when it
already failed at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the 2500Base-X PHY mode support in the Marvell PPv2
driver. 2500Base-X is quite close to 1000Base-X and SGMII modes and uses
nearly the same code path.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the 1000Base-X PHY mode support in the Marvell PPv2
driver. 1000Base-X is quite close the SGMII and uses nearly the same
code path.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the PPv2 driver to implement phylink helpers, and use phylink in
DT mode. The other mode supported is ACPI, which will need further work
in order to be entirely compatible with phylink.
The MAC and GoP configuration functions were completely moved to fit
into the phylink helpers. When a PHY is always present between the MAC
and the physical port, phylink only is used, but when this is not the
case (the MAC directly is connected to the physical port) the link IRQ
is used to detect changes in the link state and call phylink_mac_change.
The ACPI mode do not uses phylink as of now, and the changes shouldn't
impact its use.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch to align the ethtool functions to ops definitions. This
patch does not change in any way the driver's behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers have the following pattern:
if (np)
of_mdiobus_register()
else
mdiobus_register()
which the implementation of of_mdiobus_register() now takes care of.
Remove that pattern in drivers that strictly adhere to it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell's PPv2.2 IP needs an additional clock named "MG Core clock".
This is required on Armada 7K and 8K.
This commit adds the required clock in mvpp2, making sure it's only
used on PPv2.2.
Fixes: c7e92def1e ("clk: mvebu: cp110: Fix clock tree representation")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When clk_prepare_enable fails for the axi_clk, the mg_clk isn't properly
cleaned up. Add another jump label to handle that case, and make sure we
jump to it in the later error cases.
Fixes: 4792ea04bc ("net: mvpp2: Fix clock resource by adding an optional bus clock")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2 TX/RX descriptors uses 40bits DMA addresses, but 41 bits masks were
used (GENMASK_ULL(40, 0)).
This commit fixes that by using the correct mask.
Fixes: e7c5359f2e ("net: mvpp2: introduce PPv2.2 HW descriptors and adapt accessors")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell's PPv2 controller has a Packet Header parser, which uses a
fixed-size TCAM array of filter entries.
The mvpp2 driver reserves some ranges among the 256 TCAM entries to
perform MAC and VID filtering. The rest of the TCAM ids are freely usable
for other features, such as IPv4 proto matching.
This commit fixes the MVPP2_PE_LAST_FREE_TID define that sets the end of
the "free range", which included the MAC range. This could therefore allow
some other features to use entries dedicated to MAC filtering,
lowering the number of unicast/multicast addresses that could be allowed
before switching to promiscuous mode.
Fixes: 10fea26ce2 ("net: mvpp2: Add support for unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Boundary check in mvpp2_prs_init_from_hw must be done according to the
passed "tid" parameter, not the mvpp2_prs_entry index, which is not yet
initialized at the time of the check.
Fixes: 47e0e14eb1 ("net: mvpp2: Make mvpp2_prs_hw_read a parser entry init function")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current suspend/resume implementation reuses the mvneta_open() and
mvneta_close(), but it could be optimized to take only necessary
actions during suspend/resume.
One obvious problem of current implementation is: after hundreds of
system suspend/resume cycles, the resume of mvneta could fail due to
fragmented dma coherent memory. After this patch, the non-necessary
memory alloc/free is optimized out.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to prepare the suspend/resume improvement in next patch. The
SW parts can be optimized out during resume.
As for rxq handling during suspend, we'd like to drop packets by
calling mvneta_rxq_drop_pkts() which is both SW and HW operation,
so we don't split rxq deinit.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sky2 ethernet stops working after system resume from suspend:
[ 582.852065] sky2 0000:04:00.0: Refused to change power state, currently in D3
The current 150ms delay is not enough, change it to 200ms can solve the
issue.
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1758507
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mvneta_port_up() we enable relevant RX and TX port queues by write
queues bit map to an appropriate register.
q_map must be ZERO in the beginning of this process.
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The style of the rx/tx queue's *_coal member assignment is:
static void foo_coal_set(...)
{
set the coal in hw;
update queue's foo_coal member; [1]
}
In other place, we call foo_coal_set(pp, queue->foo_coal), so the above [1]
is duplicated and could be removed.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a pointer to the SFP bus in struct net_device, so that the
ethtool module EEPROM methods can access the SFP directly, rather
than needing every user to provide a hook for it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for having DSA transition entirely to PHYLINK, we need to pass a
PHY interface type to the mac_link_{up,down} callbacks because we may have to
make decisions on that (e.g: turn on/off RGMII interfaces etc.). We do not pass
an entire phylink_link_state because not all parameters (pause, duplex etc.) are
defined when the link is down, only link and interface are.
Update mvneta accordingly since it currently implements phylink_mac_ops.
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use relaxed I/O on the hot path. This achieves significant performance
improvements. On a 10G link, this makes a basic iperf TCP test go from
an average of 4.5 Gbits/sec to about 9.40 Gbits/sec.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Maxime: Commit message, cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some helper functions that search for given entries in the TCAM filter
on PPv2 controller make use of dynamically alloced temporary variables,
allocated with GFP_KERNEL. These functions can be called in atomic
context, and dynamic alloc is not really needed in these cases anyways.
This commit gets rid of dynamic allocs and use stack allocation in the
following functions, and where they're used :
- mvpp2_prs_flow_find
- mvpp2_prs_vlan_find
- mvpp2_prs_double_vlan_find
- mvpp2_prs_mac_da_range_find
For all these functions, instead of returning an temporary object
representing the TCAM entry, we simply return the TCAM id that matches
the requested entry.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2_prs_hw_read function uses the 'index' field of the struct
mvpp2_prs_entry to initialize the rest of the fields. This makes it
unclear from a caller's perspective, who needs to manipulate a struct
that is not entirely initialized.
This commit makes it an init function for prs_entry, by passing it the
index as a parameter. The function now zeroes the entry, and sets the
index field before doing all other init from HW.
The function is renamed 'mvpp2_prs_init_from_hw' to make that clear.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefer the direct use of octal for permissions.
Done with checkpatch -f --types=SYMBOLIC_PERMS --fix-inplace
and some typing.
Miscellanea:
o Whitespace neatening around these conversions.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Array mvpp2_pools is being indexed by long_log_pool, however this
looks like a cut-n-paste bug and in fact should be short_log_pool.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1466113 ("Copy-paste error")
Fixes: 576193f2d5 ("net: mvpp2: jumbo frames support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell PPv2 controller can be used to implement packet filtering based
on the destination MAC address. This is already used to implement
multicast filtering. This patch adds support for Unicast filtering.
Filtering is based on so-called "TCAM entries" to implement filtering.
Due to their limited number and the fact that these are also used for
other purposes, we reserve 80 entries for both unicast and multicast
filters. On top of the broadcast address, and each interface's own MAC
address, we reserve 25 entries per port, 4 for unicast filters, 21 for
multicast.
Whenever unicast or multicast range for one port is full, the filtering
is disabled and port goes into promiscuous mode for the given type of
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2_prs_mac_da_accept function takes into parameter both the
struct representing the controller and the port id. This is meaningful
when we want to create TCAM entries for non-initialized ports, but in
this case we expect the port to be initialized before starting adding or
removing MAC addresses to the per-port filter.
This commit changes the function so that it takes struct mvpp2_port as
a parameter instead.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: effbf5f58d ("net: mvpp2: update the BM buffer free/destroy logic")
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for jumbo frames in the Marvell PPv2 driver.
A third buffer pool is added with 10KB buffers, which is used if the MTU
is higher than 1518B for packets larger than 1518B. Please note only the
port 0 supports hardware checksum offload due to the Tx FIFO size
limitation.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
[Antoine: cosmetic cleanup, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM to the driver's features to enable
UDP/TCP checksum over IPv6. No extra configuration of the engine is
needed on top of the IPv4 counterpart, which already is in the features
list (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets the Tx FIFO data size on port 0 to 10kB. This prepares
the PPv2 driver for the Jumbo frame support addition as the hardware
will need big enough Tx FIFO buffers when dealing with frames going
through an interface with an MTU of 9000.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message, small reworks.]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The buffer free routine is updated to release only given a number of
buffers, and the destroy routine now checks the actual number of buffers
in the (BPPI and BPPE) HW counters before draining the pools. This
change helps getting jumbo frames support.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
[Antoine: cosmetic cleanup, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures the buffer manager long pool for all ports part of
the same CP. Long pool separation between ports is redundant since there
are no performance improvement when different pools are used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
[Antoine: cosmetic cleanup, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell PPv2 controller allows for generic packet filtering. This commit
adds entries to implement VLAN filtering. The approach taken is :
- Filter entries that would match on the presence of the VLAN tag
(existing VLAN detection, DSA / EDSA detection) will set the next
lookup ID to be for the VID.
- For each VLAN existing on a given port, we add an entry that matches
this specific VID. If the incoming packet matches the VID entry, it is
set for the next lookup in the chain (LU_L2).
- A Guard entry is added for each port, that will match if the incoming
packet didn't match any of the above VID entries. This entry tags the
packet to be dropped.
Due to this design, and the fact that the total 256 filter entries are
also used for other purposes, we have a limit of 10 VLANs per port. To
accommodate the case where we would need more VLANS on one port, this
patch implements the ndo_set_features to allow for disabling of VLAN
filtering using ethtool.
The default config has VLAN filtering disabled.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 doesn't work on the MacchiatoBIN board. It is caused by broken
multicast address filter in the mvpp2 driver.
The driver loads doesn't load any multicast entries if "allmulti" is not
set. This condition should be reversed.
The condition !netdev_mc_empty(dev) is useless (because
netdev_for_each_mc_addr is nop if the list is empty).
This patch also fixes a possible overflow of the multicast list - if
mvpp2_prs_mac_da_accept fails, we set the allmulti flag and retry.
Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements ndo_poll_controller callback which is necessary to
enable netconsole.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Monakov <amonakov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces an alternative way of obtaining resources - via
ACPI tables provided by firmware. Enabling coexistence with the DT
support, in addition to the OF_*->device_*/fwnode_* API replacement,
required following steps to be taken:
* Add mvpp2_acpi_match table
* Omit clock configuration and obtain tclk from the property - in ACPI
world, the firmware is responsible for clock maintenance.
* Disable comphy and syscon handling as they are not available for ACPI.
* Modify way of obtaining interrupts - use newly introduced
fwnode_irq_get() routine
* Until proper MDIO bus and PHY handling with ACPI is established in the
kernel, use only link interrupts feature in the driver. For the RGMII
port it results in depending on GMAC settings done during firmware
stage.
* When booting with ACPI MVPP2_QDIST_MULTI_MODE is picked by
default, as there is no need to keep any kind of the backward
compatibility.
Moreover, a memory region used by mvmdio driver is usually placed in
the middle of the address space of the PP2 network controller.
The MDIO base address is obtained without requesting memory region
(by devm_ioremap() call) in mvmdio.c, later overlapping resources are
requested by the network driver, which is responsible for avoiding
a concurrent access.
In case the MDIO memory region is declared in the ACPI, it can
already appear as 'in-use' in the OS. Because it is overlapped by second
region of the network controller, make sure it is released, before
requesting it again. The care is taken by mvpp2 driver to avoid
concurrent access to this memory region.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OF functions can be used only for the driver using DT.
As a preparation for introducing ACPI support in mvpp2
driver, use struct fwnode_handle in order to obtain
properties from the hardware description.
This patch replaces of_* function with device_*/fwnode_*
where possible in the mvpp2.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'port_count' field of the mvpp2 structure holds an overall amount
of available ports, based on DT nodes status. In order to be prepared
to support other HW description, obtain the value by incrementing it
upon each successful port initialization. This allowed for simplifying
port indexing in the controller's private array, whose size is now not
dynamically allocated, but fixed to MVPP2_MAX_PORTS.
This patch simplifies creating and filling list of enabled ports and
is a part of the preparation for adding ACPI support in the mvpp2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading the SFF module's EEPROM via the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PSC sync change interrupt can fire multiple times while the link is
down, which is caused by noise on the serdes lines. As this isn't
information we make use of, it's pointless having the interrupt enabled.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the port configuration and release of reset to mvneta_mac_config()
along side the rest of the port mode configuration.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mvneta to use phylink, which models the MAC to PHY link in
a generic, reusable form.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
- remove unused sync status
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare to convert mvneta to phylink by splitting the adjust_link
function into its consituent parts.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdev core always ensures that the rtnl lock is held while calling
the ndo_open() and ndo_stop() methods. However, the suspend/resume paths
do not hold the rtnl lock. phylink will expect the rtnl lock to be held
when the MAC driver calls it, so we end up with kernel warnings. Take
the lock to ensure that these functions are called in a consistent
manner.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sky2_vpd_wait is not called in an interrupt handler nor holding a spinlock.
The function mdelay in it can be replaced with msleep, to reduce busy wait.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few reasons in mvneta_rx_swbm() function when received packet
is dropped. mvneta_rx_error() should be called only if error bit [16]
is set in rx descriptor.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: add fixes tag]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: dc35a10f68 ("net: mvneta: bm: add support for hardware buffer management")
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding the RX queue association with each CPU, a typo was made in
the mvneta_cleanup_rxqs() function. This patch fixes it.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: add commit log and fixes tag]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2dcf75e279 ("net: mvneta: Associate RX queues with each CPU")
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When port connect to PHY in polling mode (with poll interval 1 sec),
port and phy link status must be synchronize in order don't loss link
change event.
[gregory.clement@free-electrons.com: add fixes tag]
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Signed-off-by: Yelena Krivosheev <yelena@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Dmitri Epshtein <dima@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to handle multi-port SKGE boards was freeing IRQ
twice. The first one was under lock and might sleep.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjust the coalescing parameters to the vendor
recommendations for the PPv2 network controller.
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the tx-usec value to the informations reported to
ethtool by the get_coalesce function.
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch aligning values in the ethtool get_coalesce function.
This patch do not modify in anyway the driver's behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx/Tx ring sizes can be adjusted thanks to ethtool given specific
network needs. This commit splits the default ring size from its max
value to allow ethtool to vary the parameters in both ways.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a check to only free the TSO header buffer when its
allocation previously succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro used to access or set an RSS table entry was using an offset
of 8, while it should use an offset of 0. This lead to wrongly configure
the RSS table, not accessing the right entries.
Fixes: 1d7d15d79f ("net: mvpp2: initialize the RSS tables")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add appropriate calls to clk_disable_unprepare() by jumping to out_mdio
in case orion_mdio_probe() returns -EPROBE_DEFER.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Fixes: 3d604da1e9 ("net: mvmdio: get and enable optional clock")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Jordan <Tobias.Jordan@elektrobit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserved and unused fields in the Tx descriptors should be 0. The PPv2
driver doesn't clear them at run-time (for performance reasons) but
these descriptors aren't zeroed when allocated, which can lead to
unpredictable behaviors. This patch fixes this by using
dma_zalloc_coherent instead of dma_alloc_coherent.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The forcedeth conversion from pci_*() DMA interfaces to dma_*() ones
missed one spot. From Zhu Yanjun.
2) Missing CRYPTO_SHA256 Kconfig dep in cfg80211, from Johannes Berg.
3) Fix checksum offloading in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.
4) Add SPDX to vm_sockets_diag.h, from Stephen Hemminger.
5) Fix use after free of packet headers in TIPC, from Jon Maloy.
6) "sizeof(ptr)" vs "sizeof(*ptr)" bug in i40e, from Gustavo A R Silva.
7) Tunneling fixes in mlxsw driver, from Petr Machata.
8) Fix crash in fanout_demux_rollover() of AF_PACKET, from Mike
Maloney.
9) Fix race in AF_PACKET bind() vs. NETDEV_UP notifier, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix regression in sch_sfq.c due to one of the timer_setup()
conversions. From Paolo Abeni.
11) SCTP does list_for_each_entry() using wrong struct member, fix from
Xin Long.
12) Don't use big endian netlink attribute read for
IFLA_BOND_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM, it is in cpu endianness. Also from Xin
Long.
13) Fix mis-initialization of q->link.clock in CBQ scheduler, preventing
adding filters there. From Jiri Pirko.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (67 commits)
ethernet: dwmac-stm32: Fix copyright
net: via: via-rhine: use %p to format void * address instead of %x
net: ethernet: xilinx: Mark XILINX_LL_TEMAC broken on 64-bit
myri10ge: Update MAINTAINERS
net: sched: cbq: create block for q->link.block
atm: suni: remove extraneous space to fix indentation
atm: lanai: use %p to format kernel addresses instead of %x
VSOCK: Don't set sk_state to TCP_CLOSE before testing it
atm: fore200e: use %pK to format kernel addresses instead of %x
ambassador: fix incorrect indentation of assignment statement
vxlan: use __be32 type for the param vni in __vxlan_fdb_delete
bonding: use nla_get_u64 to extract the value for IFLA_BOND_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM
sctp: use right member as the param of list_for_each_entry
sch_sfq: fix null pointer dereference at timer expiration
cls_bpf: don't decrement net's refcount when offload fails
net/packet: fix a race in packet_bind() and packet_notifier()
packet: fix crash in fanout_demux_rollover()
sctp: remove extern from stream sched
sctp: force the params with right types for sctp csum apis
sctp: force SCTP_ERROR_INV_STRM with __u32 when calling sctp_chunk_fail
...
This patch fixes the Tx ring size checks when using ethtool, by adding
an extra check in the PPv2 check_ringparam_valid helper. The Tx ring
size cannot be set to a value smaller than the minimum number of
descriptors needed for TSO.
Fixes: 1d17db08c0 ("net: mvpp2: limit TSO segments and use stop/wake thresholds")
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Short fragmented packets may never be sent by the hardware when padding
is disabled. This patch stop modifying the GMAC padding bits, to leave
them to their reset value (disabled).
Fixes: 3919357fb0 ("net: mvpp2: initialize the GMAC when using a port")
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Antoine: commit message]
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches fixes the probe error path by cleaning up probed ports, to
avoid leaving registered net devices when the driver failed to probe.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an allocation in the txq_init path fails, the allocated buffers
end-up being freed twice: in the txq_init error path, and in txq_deinit.
This lead to issues as txq_deinit would work on already freed memory
regions:
kernel BUG at mm/slub.c:3915!
Internal error: Oops - BUG: 0 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
This patch fixes this by removing the txq_init own error path, as the
txq_deinit function is always called on errors. This was introduced by
TSO as way more buffers are allocated.
Fixes: 186cd4d4e4 ("net: mvpp2: software tso support")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta controller provides a 8-bit register to update the pending
Tx descriptor counter. Then, a maximum of 255 Tx descriptors can be
added at once. In the current code the mvneta_txq_pend_desc_add function
assumes the caller takes care of this limit. But it is not the case. In
some situations (xmit_more flag), more than 255 descriptors are added.
When this happens, the Tx descriptor counter register is updated with a
wrong value, which breaks the whole Tx queue management.
This patch fixes the issue by allowing the mvneta_txq_pend_desc_add
function to process more than 255 Tx descriptors.
Fixes: 2a90f7e1d5 ("net: mvneta: add xmit_more support")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.11+
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GOP statistics from all ports of one instance of the driver are gathered
with one work recalled in loop in a workqueue. The loop is started when
a port is up, and stopped when a port is down. This last condition is
obviously wrong.
Fix this by having a work per port. This way, starting and stoping it
when the port is up or down will be fine, while minimizing unnecessary
CPU usage.
Fixes: 118d6298f6 ("net: mvpp2: add ethtool GOP statistics")
Reported-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool statistics support by reading the GOP statistics from the
hardware counters. Also implement a workqueue to gather the statistics
every second or some 32-bit counters could overflow.
Suggested-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp2 driver can't cope at all with the TX affinities being
changed from userspace, and spit an endless stream of
[ 91.779920] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
[ 91.779930] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
[ 91.780402] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
[ 91.780406] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
[ 91.780415] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
[ 91.780418] mvpp2 f4000000.ethernet eth2: wrong cpu on the end of Tx processing
rendering the box completely useless (I've measured around 600k
interrupts/s on a 8040 box) once irqbalance kicks in and start
doing its job.
Obviously, the driver was never designed with this in mind. So let's
work around the problem by preventing userspace from interacting
with these interrupts altogether.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Two functions were always used to set the DMA addresses in Tx
descriptors, because this address is split into a base+offset in the
descriptors. A mask was used to come up with the base and offset
addresses and two functions were called, mvpp2_txdesc_dma_addr_set() and
mvpp2_txdesc_offset_set().
This patch moves the base+offset calculation logic to
mvpp2_txdesc_dma_addr_set(), and removes mvpp2_txdesc_offset_set() to
simplify things.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch using the MVPP2_AGGR_TXQ_SIZE everywhere instead of the
size field of aggr_txq, as the size never change and is always equal to
the MVPP2_AGGR_TXQ_SIZE define.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Too many TSO descriptors can be required for the default queue size,
when using small MSS values for example. Prevent this by adding a
maximum number of allowed TSO segments (300). In addition set a stop and
a wake thresholds to stop the queue when there's no room for a 1 "worst
case scenario skb". Wake up the queue when the number of descriptors is
low enough.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch initialize the RSS tables to evenly (depending on the packets
RSS hashes) distribute the packets across port Rx queues. This helps to
handle packets on different CPUs to improve performances, as more queues
will be used in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far only the Rx FIFO size was initialized. For PPv2.2 the Tx FIFO
size can be set as well. This patch initializes the Tx FIFO size for
PPv2.2 controllers to 3K.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx FIFO size was set to the same value for all ports. This patch
sets it depending on the maximum speed a given port can handle. This is
only working for PPv2.2.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces GFP_KERNEL by GFP_ATOMIC to avoid sleeping in the
ndo_set_rx_mode() call which is called with BH disabled.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling mvpp2_prs_mac_multi_set() from mvpp2_prs_mac_init(), two
parameters (the port index and the table index) are inverted. Fixes
this.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a typo in the mvpp2_prs_tcam_data_cmp() function, as
the shift value is inverted with the data.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When Tx IRQs are used, txq_bufs_free() can be called from both the Tx
path and from NAPI poll(). This led to CPU stalls as if these two tasks
(Tx and Poll) are scheduled on two CPUs at the same time, DMA unmapping
operations are done on the same txq buffers.
This patch adds a check not to call txq_done() from the Tx path if Tx
interrupts are used as it does not make sense to do so.
Fixes: edc660fa09 ("net: mvpp2: replace TX coalescing interrupts with hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO header buffers are coming from a per cpu pool and should not
be unmapped as they are reused. The PPv2 driver was unmapping all
descriptors buffers unconditionally. This patch fixes this by checking
the buffers dma addresses before unmapping them, and by not unmapping
those who are located in the TSO header pool.
Fixes: 186cd4d4e4 ("net: mvpp2: software tso support")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TSO headers are managed with txq index and therefore should be aligned
with the txq size, not with the aggregated txq size.
Fixes: 186cd4d4e4 ("net: mvpp2: software tso support")
Reported-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Armada 7K/8K we need to explicitly enable the bus clock. The bus clock
is optional because not all the SoCs need them but at least for Armada
7K/8K it is actually mandatory.
The binding documentation is updating accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stops the internal MAC Tx clock from being enabled as the
internal clock isn't used. The definition used for the bit controlling
this behaviour is renamed as well as it was wrongly named (bit 4 of
GMAC_CTRL_2_REG).
Fixes: 3919357fb0 ("net: mvpp2: initialize the GMAC when using a port")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private port_list array has a list of pointers to mvpp2_port
instances. This list is allocated given the number of ports enabled in
the device tree, but the pointers are set using the port-id property. If
on a single port is enabled, the port_list array will be of size 1, but
when registering the port, if its id is not 0 the driver will crash.
Other crashes were encountered in various situations.
This fixes the issue by using an index not equal to the value of the
port-id property.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parsing fragmentation detection failed due to wrong configured
parser TCAM entry's. Some traffic was marked as fragmented in RX
descriptor, even it wasn't IP fragmented. The hardware also failed to
calculate checksums which lead to use software checksum and caused
performance degradation.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a goto in the PPv2 tx function which jumps to the next line
anyway. This is a cosmetic commit.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... and __initconst if applicable.
Based on similar work for an older kernel in the Grsecurity patch.
[JD: fix toshiba-wmi build]
[JD: add htcpen]
[JD: move __initconst where checkscript wants it]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
When using a mac address described in the device tree, a check is made
to see if it is valid. When it's not, no fallback is defined. This
patches tries to get the mac address from h/w (or use a random one if
the h/w one isn't valid) when the dt mac address isn't valid.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC retrieval logic is using a variable to store an h/w stored mac
address and checks this mac against invalid ones before using it. But
the mac address is only read from h/w when using PPv2.1. So when using
PPv2.2 it defaults to its init state.
This patches fixes the logic to only check if the h/w mac is valid when
actually retrieving a mac from h/w.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC retrieval has a quite complicated logic (which is broken). Moves
it to its own function to prepare for patches fixing its logic, so that
reviews are easier.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta driver and hardware supports IPv6 offload, however it
isn't enabled. Set the NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM feature to inform the
network layer that this driver can offload IPV6 TCP and UDP
checksums. This change has been tested on an Armada 370 and the
feature support confirmed with several device datasheets
including the Armada XP and Armada 3700.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Pilloud <andrewpilloud@igneoussystems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the GoP link interrupt support for when a port isn't
connected to a PHY. Because of this the phylib callback is never called
and the link status management isn't done. This patch use the GoP link
interrupt in such cases to still have a minimal link management. Without
this patch ports not connected to a PHY cannot work.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not necessarily a PHY between the GoP and the physical port.
However, the driver currently makes the "phy" property mandatory,
contrary to what is stated in the device tree bindings. This patch makes
the PHY optional, and aligns the PPv2 driver on its device tree
documentation. However if a PHY is provided, the GoP link interrupt
won't be used.
With this patch switches directly connected to the serdes lanes and SFP
ports on the Armada 8040-db and Armada 7040-db can be used if the link
interrupt is described in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all RGMII checks to use the phy_interface_mode_is_rgmii()
helper. This is a cosmetic patch.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds logic to reconfigure the comphy/GoP/MAC when the link
state is updated at runtime. This is very useful on boards where many
link speed are supported: depending on what is negotiated the PPv2
driver will automatically reconfigures the link between the PHY and the
MAC.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using the XLG MAC, it does not make sense to force the GMAC autoneg
parameters. This patch adds checks to only set the GMAC autoneg
parameters when needed (i.e. when not using the XLG MAC).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the link status changes, the phylib calls the link_event function
in the mvpp2 driver. Before this patch only the egress/ingress transmit
was enabled/disabled. This patch adds more functionality to the link
status management code by enabling/disabling the port per-cpu
interrupts, and the port itself. The queues are now stopped as well, and
the netif carrier helpers are called.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link_event function is somewhat complicated. This cosmetic patch
simplifies it.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms, the comphy is between the MAC GoP and the PHYs. The
mvpp2 driver currently relies on the firmware/bootloader to configure
the comphy. As a comphy driver was added to the generic PHY framework,
this patch uses it in the mvpp2 driver to configure the comphy at boot
time to avoid relying on the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mac address is only retrieved from h/w when using PPv2.1. Otherwise
the variable holding it is still checked and used if it contains a valid
value. As the variable isn't initialized to an invalid mac address
value, we end up with random mac addresses which can be the same for all
the ports handled by this PPv2 driver.
Fixes this by initializing the h/w mac address variable to {0}, which is
an invalid mac address value. This way the random assignation fallback
is called and all ports end up with their own addresses.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Fixes: 2697582144 ("net: mvpp2: handle misc PPv2.1/PPv2.2 differences")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MVPP22_XLG_CTRL1_FRAMESIZELIMIT define is used as an offset, but is
defined as BIT(0). Updated its name to contains "OFFS" as in offset and
fix its value using the offset value, 0.
Reported-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Fixes: 76eb1b1de5 ("net: mvpp2: set maximum packet size for 10G ports")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
txq_reclaim() does the normal transmit queue reclamation and
rxq_deinit() does the RX ring cleanup, none of these are packet drops,
so use dev_consume_skb() for both locations.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch uses the tso API to implement the tso functionality in Marvell
PPv2 driver.
Using iperf and 10G ports, using TSO shows a significant performance
improvement by a factor 2 to reach around 9.5Gbps in TX; as well as a
significant CPU usage drop (from 25% to 15%).
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The txq size is defined by MVPP2_AGGR_TXQ_SIZE, which is sometime not
used directly but through variables. As it is a fixed value use the
define everywhere in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO header size was defined in many drivers. Factorize the code and
define its size in net/tso.h.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds GoP (group of ports) initialization functions. The mvpp2
driver was relying on the firmware/bootloader initialization; this patch
moves this setup to the mvpp2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set maximum packet size for XLG 10G ports. Missing maximum packet size
for XLG configuration will cause kernel panic if oversized packet is
received by port.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a routine to initialize the XLG MAC at the port level when
using a port and the XAUI/10GKR interface mode. This wasn't done until
this commit, and the mvpp2 driver was relying on the bootloader/firmware
initialization. This doesn't mean everything is configured in the mvpp2
driver now, but it helps reducing the gap.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a routine to initialize the GMAC at the port level when using
a port. This wasn't done until this commit, and the mvpp2 driver was
relying on the bootloader/firmware initialization. This doesn't mean
everything is configured in the mvpp2 driver now, but it helps reducing
the gap.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves the mii configuration in the ndo_open path, to allow handling
different mii configurations later and to switch between these
configurations at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro defining the bit to toggle to bypass or not the
synchronization module is wrongly named. Writing 1 will disable bypass.
This patch s/MVPP22_CTRL4_SYNC_BYPASS/MVPP22_CTRL4_SYNC_BYPASS_DIS/.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch to use the same formatting rules on all register
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marcin Wojtas <mw@semihalf.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the support for two related features:
- Support for TX interrupts, with one interrupt for each CPU
- Support for different RX queue distribution modes
MVPP2_QDIST_SINGLE_MODE where a single interrupt, shared by all
CPUs, receives the RX events, and MVPP2_QDIST_MULTI_MODE, where the
per-CPU interrupts used for TX events are also used for RX events.
Since additional interrupts are needed, an update to the Device Tree
binding is needed. However, backward compatibility is preserved with
the old Device Tree binding, by gracefully degrading to the original
behavior, with only one RX interrupt, and TX completion being handled
by an hrtimer.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to the introduction of TX interrupts and improved RX
queue distribution, this commit introduces the concept of "queue
vector". A queue vector represents a number of RX and/or TX queues,
and an associated NAPI instance and interrupt.
This commit currently only creates a single queue_vector, so there are
no changes in behavior, but it paves the way for additional
queue_vector in the next commits.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2.2 IP has a concept of "software thread", with all registers
of the PPv2.2 mapped 8 times, for concurrent accesses by 8 "software
threads". In addition, interrupts on RX queues are associated to such
"software thread".
For most cases, we map a "software thread" to the more conventional
concept of CPU, but we will soon have one exception: we will have a
model where we have one TX interrupt per CPU (each using one software
thread), and all RX events mapped to another software thread
(associated to another interrupt).
In preparation for this change, it makes sense to change the naming
from MVPP2_MAX_CPUS to MVPP2_MAX_THREADS, and plan for 8 software
threads instead of 4 currently.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the global variables rxq_number and txq_number hold the
number of per-port TXQs and RXQs. Until now, such numbers were
constant regardless of the driver configuration. As we are going to
introduce different modes for TX and RX queues, these numbers will
depend on the configuration (PPv2.1 vs. PPv2.2, exact queue
distribution logic).
Therefore, as a preparation, we move the number of RXQs and TXQs in
the 'struct mvpp2_port' structure, next to the RXQs and TXQs
descriptor arrays.
For now, they remain initialized to the same default values as
rxq_number/txq_number used to be initialized, but this will change in
future commits.
The only non-mechanical change in this patch is that the check to
verify hardware constraints on the number of RXQs and TXQs is moved
from mvpp2_probe() to mvpp2_port_probe(), since it's now in
mvpp2_port_probe() that we initialize the per-port count of RXQ and
TXQ.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RX queue group allocation is anyway re-done later in
mvpp2_port_init(), so resetting it in mvpp2_init() is not very useful,
and will be annoying as we are going to rework the RX queue group
allocation logic.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MVPP21_ISR_RXQ_GROUP_REG register is not indexed by rxq, but by
port, so we fix the parameter name accordingly. There are no
functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_irq_to_resource() has recently been fixed to return negative error #'s
along with 0 in case of failure, however the Marvell MV643xx Ethernet
driver still only regards 0 as invalid IRQ -- fix it up.
Fixes: 7a4228bbff ("of: irq: use of_irq_get() in of_irq_to_resource()")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When all a function does is calling another function with the exact same
arguments, in the exact same order, you know it's time to remove said
function. Which is exactly what this commit does.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is not used in the driver, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous commit modified a number of smp_processor_id() used in
migration-enabled contexts into get_cpu/put_cpu sections. However, a few
smp_processor_id() calls remain in the driver, and this commit adds
comments explaining why they can be kept.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch simplifying the smi read and write error paths. It also
align their error paths with the ones of the xsmi functions.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the xmdio xsmi interface support in the mvmdio driver.
This interface is used in Ethernet controllers on Marvell 370, 7k and 8k
(as of now). The xsmi interface supported by this driver complies with
the IEEE 802.3 clause 45. The xSMI interface is used by 10GbE devices.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a check for the read and write smi operations, to ensure the
MII_ADDR_C45 bit isn't set. This will be needed as soon as the xSMI
support is added to the mvmdio driver.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the two poll intervals (min and max) in the driver's ops
structure. This is needed to add the xmdio support later.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an ops structure to add an indirection on the is_done
function, as this is needed to add the xMDIO support later.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MDIO layer already provides per-bus locking, so there's no need for
MDIO bus drivers to do their own internal locking. Remove this.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch to use the GENMASK helper for masks.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch replacing spaces by tabs for defined values.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic fix reordering headers alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy()
some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for
this.
An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many
of the places using it:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len, skb, data;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, len);
|
-memcpy(p, data, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb, data;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p));
|
-memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len, data;
@@
-memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len);
+skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
(again, manually post-processed to retain some comments)
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On GOP port 0 two MAC modes are available: GMAC and XLG. The XLG MAC is
used for 10G connectivity. This patch adds a basic 10G support by
allowing to use the XLG MAC on port 0 and by reworking the
port_enable/disable functions so that the XLG MAC is configured when
using 10G.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smp_processor_id() should not be used in migration-enabled contexts. We
originally thought it was OK in the specific situation of this driver,
but it was wrong, and calling smp_processor_id() in a migration-enabled
context prints a big fat warning when CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y.
Therefore, this commit replaces the smp_processor_id() in
migration-enabled contexts by the appropriate get_cpu/put_cpu sections.
Reported-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Fixes: a786841df7 ("net: mvpp2: handle register mapping and access for PPv2.2")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit removes the useless remove
mvpp2_bm_cookie_{build,pool_get} functions. All what
mvpp2_bm_cookie_build() was doing is compute a 32-bit value by
concatenating the pool number and the CPU number... only to get the pool
number re-extracted by mvpp2_bm_cookie_pool_get() later on.
Instead, just get the pool number directly from RX descriptor status,
and pass it to mvpp2_pool_refill() and mvpp2_rx_refill().
This has the added benefit of dropping a smp_processor_id() call in a
migration-enabled context, which is wrong, and is the original
motivation for making this change.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvpp22_port_mii_set() function was added by 2697582144, but the
function directly returns without doing anything. This return was used
when debugging and wasn't removed before sending the patch. Fix this.
Fixes: 2697582144 ("net: mvpp2: handle misc PPv2.1/PPv2.2 differences")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A string which did not contain a data format specification should be put
into a sequence. Thus use the corresponding function "seq_puts".
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The script "checkpatch.pl" pointed information out like the following.
Comparison to NULL could be written "!skge->mem".
Thus fix the affected source code place.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A string which did not contain a data format specification should be put
into a sequence. Thus use the corresponding function "seq_puts".
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
The script “checkpatch.pl” pointed information out like the following.
Comparison to NULL could be written …
Thus fix the affected source code places.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multiplications for the size determination of memory allocations
indicated that array data structures should be processed.
Thus use the corresponding function "kcalloc".
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The script "checkpatch.pl" pointed information out like the following.
Comparison to NULL could be written "txq->descs".
Thus fix the affected source code place.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust jump labels according to the Linux coding style convention.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust jump labels according to the Linux coding style convention.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust jump labels according to the Linux coding style convention.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
